DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORP
S-3, 2000-01-28
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORP, 8-K, 2000-01-28
Next: TAKE TWO INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE INC, 424B3, 2000-01-28




   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 28, 2000
                                                 REGISTRATION NO. 333-_____

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              ---------------
                                  FORM S-3
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                   UNDER
                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              ---------------

                               DAYTON HUDSON
                          CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                        (Issuer of the Certificates)
           (Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

                   DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                 (Originator of the Trust Described Herein)
           (Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

         MINNESOTA                                     41-1812153
  (State or Other Jurisdiction                      (I.R.S. Employer
  of Incorporation or Organization)                 Identification Number)

                   DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                           80 SOUTH EIGHTH STREET
                           14TH FLOOR, SUITE 1401
                        MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402
                               (612) 370-6530
     (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area
           Code, of the Registrant's Principal Executive Office)

                              ----------------

                             STEPHEN C. KOWALKE
                        VICE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER
                         DAYTON HUDSON CORPORATION
                             777 NICOLLET MALL
                     MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402-2055
                               (612) 370-6948
          (Name, Address Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
                 Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

                                 Copies to:
                             ANDREW M. FAULKNER
                           SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE,
                             MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
                             FOUR TIMES SQUARE
                          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036
                               (212) 735-2853


         APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective as
determined by market conditions.

         If the only securities registered on this form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the
following box. |_|

         If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection
with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. |X|

         If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. |_|
__________________

         If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. |_| ______________

         If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
Rule 434, please check the following box. |_|

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                                                         PROPOSED MAXIMUM      PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                 AMOUNT TO BE       OFFERING PRICE           AGGREGATE             AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED            REGISTERED          PER UNIT(1)        OFFERING PRICE(1)     REGISTRATION FEE
- ----------------------------           ------------      ----------------     -----------------     ----------------

<S>                                      <C>                   <C>                 <C>                   <C>
Asset Backed Certificates...........     $1,000,000            100%                $1,000,000            $264.00

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the Registration Fee.
</TABLE>

                              ---------------

         THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH
DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE
REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT
THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

[FLAG]

The information in this prospectus supplement and prospectus is not
complete and may be changed. We cannot sell these securities until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. Neither this prospectus supplement nor the prospectus is an
offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy
these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.


               SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 28, 2000

         PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO PROSPECTUS, DATED ________, 2000

                   DAYTON HUDSON CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                                   Issuer
             DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, Transferor
                     RETAILERS NATIONAL BANK, Servicer

            % CLASS A ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 2000-__


Principal Amount                                        $__________
Price                                                   $__________ (    %)
Underwriters' Commissions                               $__________ (    %)
Proceeds to the Transferor                              $__________ (    %)
Certificate Rate                                        _______ % p.a.
Interest Payment Dates                                  monthly on the 25th
First Interest Payment Date                             ___________, 2000
Expected Final Payment Date                             ___________, 20__


         THE CERTIFICATES ARE INTERESTS IN DAYTON HUDSON CREDIT CARD MASTER
TRUST AND ARE BACKED ONLY BY THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST. NONE OF THE
CERTIFICATES OR THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST ARE OBLIGATIONS OF RETAILERS
NATIONAL BANK, DAYTON HUDSON CAPITAL CORPORATION, DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES
CORPORATION, OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES OR ARE OBLIGATIONS INSURED BY THE
FDIC.

         THESE SECURITIES ARE HIGHLY STRUCTURED. BEFORE YOU PURCHASE THESE
SECURITIES, BE SURE YOU UNDERSTAND THE STRUCTURE AND THE RISKS. SEE "RISK
FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE S-12 OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

         NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE
SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR
PASSED ON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE DISCLOSURES IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE ATTACHED PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

         The underwriters of the Class A certificates have agreed to
purchase the Class A certificates, subject to the terms and conditions in
the underwriting agreement. The Class B certificates will be retained by
Dayton Hudson Receivables Corporation.




        The date of this Prospectus Supplement is __________, 2000.



                             TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                        Page


WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION IN THESE
     DOCUMENTS............................................................S-4

SUMMARY OF TERMS..........................................................S-5

STRUCTURAL SUMMARY........................................................S-6

SELECTED TRUST PORTFOLIO SUMMARY DATA
      ...................................................................S-10

RISK FACTORS.............................................................S-13
     Potential Early Repayment or
          Delayed Payment due to
          Reduced Portfolio Yield........................................S-13
     RNB May Change the Terms and
          Conditions of the Accounts.....................................S-13
     Accounts Added to the Trust Portfolio
          May Have Different Terms
          and Conditions.................................................S-14
     DHRC May Not be Able to Add
          Accounts to the Trust..........................................S-14
     Changes to Consumer Protection
          Laws May Impede RNB's
          Collection Efforts.............................................S-14
     Cardholders May Make Principal
          Payments at Any Time...........................................S-15
     Dependence on Dayton Hudson
          Stores.........................................................S-15
     Negative Carry......................................................S-15
     Allocations of Charged-Off
          Receivables Could Result in
          a Loss to Your Certificates....................................S-15
     Adjustments Due to Rebates,
          Exchanges and Writedowns
          Could Reduce Payments
          to You.........................................................S-16
     You May Not Be Able to
          Resell Your Certificates.......................................S-16
     Insolvency or Bankruptcy of
          DHRC, RNB or DHCC
          Could Result in Accelerated,
          Delayed or Reduced Payments
          to You.........................................................S-16
     You Will Have Limited
          Control of Trust Actions.......................................S-18

TRUST CREDIT CARD PORTFOLIO..............................................S-19
     The RNB Portfolio...................................................S-19
     Delinquency and Loss Experience.....................................S-19
     Characteristics of the Trust
          Portfolio......................................................S-20

MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS..................................................S-25
     Accumulation Period.................................................S-25
     Early Amortization Event............................................S-26
     Paired Series.......................................................S-26
     Historical Payment Rates of the
          RNB Portfolio..................................................S-26

RECEIVABLE YIELD CONSIDERATIONS..........................................S-27

USE OF PROCEEDS..........................................................S-28

DESCRIPTION OF THE CLASS A
     CERTIFICATES........................................................S-28
     General.............................................................S-28
     Interest Payments...................................................S-29
     Principal Payments..................................................S-30
     Postponement of Accumulation
          Period.........................................................S-32
     Subordination.......................................................S-32
     Transfer of the Class B
          Certificates...................................................S-33
     Allocation Percentages..............................................S-33
     Application of Collections..........................................S-34
     Reallocation of Cash Flows..........................................S-41
     Sharing of Excess Finance
          Charge Collections.............................................S-41
     Shared Principal Collections........................................S-42
     Shared Excess Transferor Finance
          Charge Collections and Shared
          Transferor Principal Collections...............................S-42
     Defaulted Receivables; Investor
          Charge-Offs....................................................S-43
     Principal Funding Account...........................................S-44
     Reserve Account.....................................................S-45
     Deposits in the Collection Account..................................S-46
     Issuance of Additional Certificates.................................S-50
     Paired Series.......................................................S-51
     Early Amortization Events...........................................S-51
     Servicing Fees and Expenses.........................................S-55
     Defeasance..........................................................S-55
     Optional Termination................................................S-56
     Purchase of Class A Certificates
          by the Transferor..............................................S-56
     Series Termination..................................................S-56

GENERAL INFORMATION......................................................S-57

UNDERWRITING.............................................................S-57

OTHER SERIES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING......................................S-60

GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS
     SUPPLEMENT..........................................................S-62




                WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION IN THESE DOCUMENTS

         The attached prospectus provides general information about the
Dayton Hudson Credit Card Master Trust, including terms and conditions that
are generally applicable to certificates issued by the trust. The specific
terms of the certificates are described in this prospectus supplement.

         This prospectus supplement begins with several introductory
sections describing your series and the Dayton Hudson Credit Card Master
Trust in abbreviated form:

        o     Summary of Terms provides important amounts, dates and other
              terms of your series,

        o     Structural Summary gives a brief introduction to the key
              structural features of your series and directions for
              locating further information,

        o     Receivables Flow Chart illustrates the flow of receivables,

        o     Selected Trust Portfolio Summary Data gives certain financial
              information about the assets of the trust, and

        o     Risk Factors describes some of the risks that apply to your
              certificates.

         As you read through these sections, cross-references will direct
you to more detailed descriptions in the attached prospectus and elsewhere
in this prospectus supplement. You can also directly reference key topics
by looking at the table of contents in this prospectus supplement and the
attached prospectus.

         You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated
by reference in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus. We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

         We are not offering these certificates in any state where the
offer is not permitted.

         We do not make any representation as to the accuracy of the
information in this prospectus supplement as of any date other than the
date set forth on its cover.


TO UNDERSTAND THE STRUCTURE AND TERMS OF THESE SECURITIES, YOU MUST READ
CAREFULLY THE ATTACHED PROSPECTUS AND THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IN THEIR
ENTIRETY.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              SUMMARY OF TERMS


Trust:                          Dayton Hudson Credit Card Master Trust
Transferor:                     Dayton Hudson Receivables Corporation--"DHRC"
Servicer:                       Retailers National Bank--"RNB"
Trustee:                        Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
Pricing Date:                   _________, ____
Closing Date:                   _________, ____
Clearance and Settlement:       DTC/Cedelbank/Euroclear
Trust Assets:                   receivables originated in consumer open-end
                                credit card accounts of RNB and other
                                credit card originators, including
                                recoveries on charged-off receivables.



Series Structure:                          Amount           % of Total Series
         Class A                        $___________              __%
         Class B                        $___________              __%
Annual Servicing Fee Rate:                   2%


Credit Enhancement for Class A:                 subordination of Class B

Class A Certificate Rate:                       ___% p.a.

Interest Accrual Method:                        30/360

Interest Payment Dates:                         monthly on the 25th

First Interest Payment Date:                    ______, 2000

Class A Expected Final Principal
Payment Date:                                   ______ distribution date

Series 2000-__ Legal Final                      ______ distribution date
Maturity:

Commencement of
Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment):                        Last day of ________

Class A CUSIP Number:

Class A Anticipated Ratings:
(Moody's/Standard & Poor's)                     [Aaa/AAA]



                             STRUCTURAL SUMMARY

         This summary briefly describes certain major structural components
of Series 2000-__. To fully understand the terms of Series 2000-__ you will
need to read both this prospectus supplement and the attached prospectus in
their entirety.

THE SERIES 2000-__ CERTIFICATES

Your certificates represent the right to receive a portion of collections
on the underlying trust assets. Your certificates bear interest at the rate
stated in the summary of terms. Your certificates will also be allocated a
portion of net losses on the receivables. Any collections allocated to your
series in excess of the amount owed to you or the servicer of the
receivables will be shared with other series of certificates issued by the
trust or returned to DHRC. In no case will you receive more than the
principal and interest owed to you under the terms described in this
prospectus supplement.

The certificates are backed by interests in a pool of revolving credit card
receivables. The receivables currently arise under credit card accounts
relating to the sale of merchandise and services by retail stores owned and
operated by Dayton Hudson Corporation and its subsidiaries. RNB services
these credit card accounts.

For more information on the certificates, see "Description of the Class A
Certificates" in this prospectus supplement. For more information on the
allocation of collections to and payments to Series 2000-__, see
"Description of the Class A Certificates--Interest Payments," "--Principal
Payments" and "--Allocation Percentages" in this prospectus supplement.

DAYTON HUDSON CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST

The trustee maintains the trust for several beneficiaries:

    o    the certificateholders of Series 2000-__
         certificates,

    o    certificateholders of other series issued by
         the trust,

    o    RNB as the holder of a participation
         interest in the assets of the trust, and

    o    DHRC, as the transferor of the receivables to the trust.

The certificates will be one of four outstanding series issued by the
trust. Each series has a claim to a specific dollar amount of the trust's
assets, regardless of the total amount of receivables in the trust at any
time. DHRC, as holder of the transferor certificate, and RNB, as holder of
the participation, hold the remaining claims to the trust's assets. The
size of these claims fluctuate with the total amount of receivables in the
trust. DHRC, as the holder of the transferor certificate, will also have
the right to purchase your certificates at any time when the outstanding
amount of the Class A certificateholders' interest in the trust is less
than or equal to 10% of the original amount of that interest. The price
DHRC will pay for the outstanding amount of that interest will be equal to
the entire unpaid balance of that amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

Your Class A certificates feature credit enhancement by means of the
subordination of the Class B certificates. This credit enhancement is
intended to protect you from losses and shortfalls in cash flow.

The effect of subordination of the Class B certificates is that the Class B
certificates will absorb any losses allocated to Series 2000-__, and make
up any shortfalls in cash flow, before the Class A certificates are
affected. If the cash flow and the subordinated Class B certificates do not
cover all losses allocated to Series 2000-__, your payments of interest and
principal will be reduced and you may suffer a loss of principal.

For a more detailed description of the subordination provisions of Series
2000-__, see "Description of the Class A Certificates--Sub- ordination" in
this prospectus supplement.

EXPECTED FINAL PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS AND
POTENTIAL EARLIER OR LATER PAYMENTS

The Class A certificates are expected to be paid in full on the ________,
20__ payment date.

The trust expects to pay the Class A certificates in full on the expected
final payment date, if an early amortization event has not occurred. The
trust will accumulate principal collections in a principal funding account
during an "accumulation period" to pay the Class A certificates as
expected. The length of the accumulation period will be as many months as
is expected to be necessary for the accumulation of the Class A payment
amount, but will not be less than one month. The accumulation period will
end on the expected final payment date for the Class A certificates, when
the funds on deposit in the principal funding account are paid to the Class
A certificates.

If the Class A certificates are not paid in full on their expected final
payment date, the Class A certificates will begin to receive monthly
payments of principal until they are paid in full.

The certificates will mature, and any remaining principal and interest will
be payable on [ ], 20__. No further payments on the certificates will be
made after that date.

For more information on the payment of principal on the certificates and
the accumulation period, see "Description of the Class A
Certificates--Principal Payments" and "Maturity
Considerations--Accumulation Period" in this prospectus supplement.

MINIMUM YIELD ON THE RECEIVABLES; POSSIBLE EARLY PRINCIPAL REPAYMENT OF
YOUR SERIES

The Class A certificates may be repaid earlier than their expected final
payment date if collections on the underlying receivables, together with
other amounts available for payment to certificateholders, are too low. The
minimum amount that must be available for payment to your series in any
month, referred to as the base rate, is generally the weighted average of
the Class A and Class B certificate rates, plus the servicing fee rate, in
each case for the related interest period. If the average portfolio yield,
which reflects a reduction for receivable defaults for your series, for any
three consecutive months is less than the average base rate for the same
three consecutive months, an early amortization event will occur and the
trust will commence early amortization and holders of your series will
receive principal payments earlier than the expected final principal
payment date.

Your series is also subject to several other early amortization events,
which could cause your series to amortize. If your series begins to
amortize, the Class A certificates will receive monthly payments of
principal until they are fully repaid; the Class B certificates will then
receive monthly payments of principal until they are fully repaid. In that
event, your certificates may be repaid before the expected final payment
date.

For more information on early amortization events, the portfolio yield and
base rate, early principal payment and early amortization, see "Maturity
Considerations," "Description of the Class A Certificates--Principal
Payments," "--Early Amortization Events" and "--Optional Termination" in
this prospectus supplement and "Description of the Certificates--Principal"
and "--Early Amortization Events" and "The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement--Termination of the Trust" in the attached prospectus.

INCOME TAX STATUS OF CLASS A CERTIFICATES AND THE DAYTON HUDSON CREDIT CARD
MASTER TRUST

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special federal income tax
counsel to DHRC, is of the opinion that:

     o     under existing law the Class A
           certificates will be classified as debt for
           U.S. federal income tax purposes, and
     o     the trust will not be an association or
           publicly traded partnership taxable as a
           corporation for U.S. federal income tax
           purposes.

For further information regarding the application of U.S. federal income
tax laws, see "Tax Matters" in the attached prospectus.

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The underwriters anticipate that the Class A certificates will meet the
criteria for treatment as "publicly-offered securities." If so, subject to
important considerations described under "Employee Benefit Plan
Considerations" in the attached prospectus, the Class A certificates will
be eligible for purchase by persons investing assets of employee benefit
plans or individual retirement accounts.

For further information regarding the application of ERISA, see "Employee
Benefit Plan Considerations" in the attached prospectus.

MAILING ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES

The mailing address of Dayton Hudson Receivables Corporation is 80 South
Eighth Street, 14th Floor, Suite 1401, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 and the
telephone number is (612) 370- 6530.


[GRAPHIC OMITTED]





                   SELECTED TRUST PORTFOLIO SUMMARY DATA

The chart below shows the geographic distribution of the receivables in the
trust portfolio among the 50 states and the District of Columbia. Other
than the states specifically shown in the chart, no state accounts for more
than 5% of receivables in the trust portfolio.

[Pie chart with accompanying key showing the following: CA-____%; MI-____%;
IL-____%; MN- ____%; TX-____%; other-____%]


The chart below shows the percentages of the receivables in the trust
portfolio arising under accounts within the age brackets shown

[Bar chart showing the following: 0-12 months since the account was
opened-____%; 13-24 months-____%; 25-36 months-____%; 37-48 months-____%;
49-60 months-____%; 61-120 months-____%; 121+ months- ____%.]


The chart below shows the trust yield, payment rate and net charge-off rate
for the trust portfolio for each month from January 1997 to December 1999.

                                  [CHART]


                          Trust Yield       Payment Rate       Net Charge-Offs
January 1997
February 1997
March 1997
April 1997
May 1997
June 1997
July 1997
August 1997
September 1997
October 1997
November 1997
December 1997
January 1998
February 1998
March 1998
April 1998
May 1998
June 1998
July 1998
August 1998
September 1998
October 1998
November 1998
December 1998
January 1999
February 1999
March 1999
April 1999
May 1999
June 1999
July 1999
August 1999
September 1999
October 1999
November 1999
December 1999


         The "trust yield" for any month means the total amount of finance
charges and fees collected in that month, expressed as an annualized
percentage of the average of the end of the billing cycle balance of
principal receivables outstanding in that month.

         The "payment rate" for any month is the total payments collected
during each month as a percentage of total outstanding trust receivables at
the beginning of the month.

         The amount of "net charge-offs" for any month is the amount of
charged-off receivables recorded in the month, net of any recoveries from
earlier charge-offs on receivables in the trust portfolio, expressed
as an annualized percentage of the average of the end of the billing cycle
balance of principal receivables outstanding in that month.


                                RISK FACTORS

         You should consider the following risk factors in deciding whether
to purchase the Class A certificates described in this prospectus
supplement.

POTENTIAL EARLY REPAYMENT OR
DELAYED PAYMENT DUE TO REDUCED
PORTFOLIO YIELD                 If there is a decline in the amount
                                of the receivables collected by the trust
                                or another early amortization event, an
                                early amortization of the certificates may
                                occur and you will receive principal
                                payments earlier than the expected final
                                payment date. If the average portfolio
                                yield, which reflects a reduction for
                                receivable defaults for Series 2000-__, for
                                any three consecutive months is less than
                                the average base rate for the same three
                                consecutive months, an "early amortization
                                event" will occur for Series 2000-__. If
                                this occurs, the early amortization of
                                Series 2000-__ will commence, and you will
                                receive principal payments earlier than the
                                expected final principal payment date.
                                Moreover, if principal collections on
                                receivables allocated to other series or
                                the transferor are available to be applied
                                to an early amortization of any outstanding
                                certificates, the period during which that
                                early amortization occurs may be
                                substantially shortened.

                                Conversely, any reduction in collections
                                may cause the period necessary to repay
                                your certificates to go beyond the expected
                                final payment date of your certificates.

                                The following factors could result in
                                reduced collections:

     RNB MAY CHANGE THE TERMS
     AND CONDITIONS OF THE
     ACCOUNTS                   RNB will sell receivables arising under
                                specified credit card accounts to DHCC
                                which will sell those receivables to DHRC
                                which will transfer those receivables to
                                the trust, but RNB will continue to own
                                those accounts. As the owner of those
                                accounts, RNB retains the right to change
                                various terms and conditions of those
                                accounts, including finance charges and
                                other fees it charges and the required
                                minimum monthly payment. Certain changes in
                                the terms of the accounts may reduce the
                                amount of receivables arising under the
                                accounts, reduce the portfolio yield,
                                reduce the amount of collections on those
                                receivables or otherwise alter payment
                                patterns.

     ACCOUNTS ADDED TO THE TRUST
     PORTFOLIO MAY HAVE DIFFERENT
     TERMS AND CONDITIONS       So long as certain conditions are
                                satisfied, DHRC will automatically
                                designate additional accounts for the trust
                                portfolio and transfer the receivables in
                                those accounts to the trust. Any new
                                accounts and receivables may have different
                                terms and conditions than the accounts and
                                receivables already in the trust. Credit
                                card accounts purchased by RNB or
                                originated by other credit card originators
                                may be included as additional accounts, if
                                certain conditions are satisfied. The new
                                accounts and receivables may perform
                                differently over time than the accounts and
                                receivables already in the trust and could
                                reduce the amount of collections allocated
                                to your series.

     DHRC MAY NOT BE ABLE TO
     ADD ACCOUNTS TO THE TRUST  If DHRC's percentage interest in the
                                accounts of the trust falls to a minimum
                                level, currently 2%, DHRC will be required
                                to maintain that level by designating
                                additional accounts for the trust portfolio
                                and transferring the receivables in those
                                accounts to the trust. DHRC may not be able
                                to designate additional accounts to be
                                added to the trust portfolio when required.
                                If DHRC fails to designate additional
                                accounts when required, an early
                                amortization event will occur and you could
                                receive payment of principal sooner than
                                expected.

     CHANGES TO CONSUMER
     PROTECTION LAWS MAY IMPEDE
     RNB'S COLLECTION EFFORTS   Federal and state consumer protection laws
                                regulate the creation and enforcement of
                                consumer loans, including credit card
                                accounts and receivables. Changes or
                                additions to those laws or failure to
                                comply with those laws could make it more
                                difficult for RNB to collect payments on
                                the receivables or could reduce the finance
                                charges and other fees that RNB can charge
                                on credit card account balances, or could
                                render some receivables uncollectible.

                                Receivables that do not comply with
                                consumer protection laws may not be valid
                                or enforceable in accordance with their
                                terms against the obligor on those
                                receivables. RNB, DHCC and DHRC each make
                                representations and warranties relating to
                                the validity and enforceability of the
                                receivables arising under the accounts in
                                the trust portfolio. No other party will
                                examine the receivables or the related
                                records for the purpose of determining the
                                presence or absence of defects, compliance
                                with representations and warranties or for
                                any other purpose. The only remedy if any
                                representation or warranty is violated, and
                                the violation continues beyond the period
                                of time DHRC has to correct the violation,
                                is that DHRC must accept reassignment of
                                the receivables affected by the violation,
                                subject to certain conditions. See "The
                                Pooling and Servicing
                                Agreement--Representations and Warranties"
                                and "Legal Aspects of the
                                Receivables--Consumer Protection Laws" in
                                the attached prospectus.

     CARDHOLDERS MAY MAKE
     PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS AT
     ANY                        TIME The receivables transferred to the
                                trust may be paid at any time. We cannot
                                assure the creation of additional
                                receivables in those accounts or that any
                                particular pattern of cardholder payments
                                will occur.

     DEPENDENCE ON DAYTON
      HUDSON STORES             Retailing is highly competitive. Dayton
                                Hudson Corporation and its subsidiaries
                                compete not only with other discount and
                                traditional department stores in the area
                                in which they operate but with direct
                                marketers and numerous types of retail
                                outlets, including on-line retailers. The
                                Dayton Hudson Stores may not continue to
                                generate new receivables at the same rate
                                as in previous years. Dayton Hudson
                                Corporation may decide at any time to
                                transfer all or any portion of the business
                                or assets of the Dayton Hudson Stores. The
                                Dayton Hudson Stores currently accept most
                                major credit cards. A significant decline
                                in the amount of new receivables generated
                                by the accounts in the trust could result
                                in reduced collections on those
                                receivables. See "Maturity Considerations"
                                in this prospectus supplement.

     NEGATIVE CARRY             Any amounts deposited in the special
                                funding account and the principal funding
                                account may be invested in investments
                                earning a rate that is less than the yield
                                from collections of finance charge
                                receivables and that may be less than the
                                base rate, resulting in a reduction of
                                amounts available to make payments to
                                certificateholders.

                                ALLOCATIONS OF CHARGED-OFF RECEIVABLES
                                COULD RESULT IN A LOSS TO YOUR CERTIFICATES
                                RNB will write off as uncollectible some
                                portion of the receivables arising in
                                accounts in the trust portfolio. Each class
                                of certificates will be allocated a portion
                                of those charged-off receivables. If the
                                amount of charged-off receivables allocated
                                to any class of certificates exceeds the
                                amount of other funds available for
                                reimbursement of those charge-offs--which
                                could occur if the limited amount of Class
                                B certificates is reduced to zero--the
                                holders of the Class A certificates may not
                                receive the full amount of principal and
                                interest due to them. See "Trust Credit
                                Card Portfolio--Delinquency and Loss
                                Experience" and "Description of the Class A
                                Certificates--Reallocation of Cash Flows,"
                                "--Application of Collections" and
                                "--Defaulted Receivables; Investor
                                Charge-Offs" in this prospectus supplement.

ADJUSTMENTS DUE TO REBATES,
EXCHANGES AND WRITEDOWNS
COULD REDUCE PAYMENTS TO YOU    A portion of the receivables will not be
                                collected as a result of rebates,
                                exchanges, write-downs and similar
                                occurrences. DHRC will be obligated to make
                                payments to compensate the holders of the
                                certificates for the amount of receivables
                                which become uncollectible for these
                                reasons. If DHRC fails to make any of these
                                payments, the amount of the resulting
                                insufficiency will be allocated to DHRC's
                                interest. If the amount of DHRC's interest
                                does not cover this insufficiency, the
                                available credit enhancement may be reduced
                                and you may not receive the full amount of
                                principal and interest due.

YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO
RESELL                          YOUR CERTIFICATES The underwriters may
                                assist in resales of your certificates but
                                they are not required to do so. A secondary
                                market for the certificates may not
                                develop. If a secondary market does
                                develop, it might not continue or it might
                                not be sufficiently liquid to allow you to
                                resell any of your certificates.

INSOLVENCY OR BANKRUPTCY OF
DHRC, RNB OR DHCC COULD
RESULT IN ACCELERATED, DELAYED
OR REDUCED PAYMENTS TO YOU      The receivables in which you have an
                                interest are conveyed to the trust by DHRC.
                                DHRC acquires them from DHCC which in turn
                                acquired the receivables from RNB. In each
                                instance, the conveyances are intended to
                                be treated as sales. However, a court could
                                conclude that DHRC, DHCC or RNB still owns
                                the receivables and that the trust only
                                holds a security interest in the
                                receivables. The receivables may then be
                                subject to tax or other governmental liens
                                and to administrative expenses of the
                                bankruptcy or bank receivership proceeding
                                of a predecessor in interest of those
                                receivables. Furthermore, a bankruptcy
                                trustee or a creditor may attempt to cause
                                a predecessor in interest of the
                                receivables or DHRC to be substantively
                                consolidated with DHRC or the trust.
                                Recharacterization as a pledge or
                                substantive consolidation can delay or even
                                reduce payments on your certificates.

                                RNB is chartered as a national banking
                                association and is subject to regulation
                                and supervision by the Office of the
                                Comptroller of the Currency. If RNB becomes
                                insolvent or is in an unsound condition,
                                the Comptroller is authorized to appoint
                                the FDIC as receiver. Under these
                                circumstances, the FDIC could:

                                o require the trustee of the trust to go
                                  through an administrative claims
                                  procedure to establish its right to
                                  payments collected on the receivables in
                                  the trust,

                                o request a stay of proceedings relating to
                                  the trust's claims against RNB, or

                                o repudiate the pooling agreement and limit
                                  the trust's resulting claim against the
                                  receivables to "actual direct
                                  compensatory damages" measured as of the
                                  date of receivership.

                                See "Legal Aspects of the
                                Receivables--Matters Relating to Bankruptcy
                                or Receivership" in the attached
                                prospectus.

                                If the FDIC were to take any of those
                                actions, payments on your certificates
                                could be delayed and possibly reduced.

                                If specified events related to the
                                conservatorship or receivership of RNB, or
                                the bankruptcy or insolvency of DHCC or
                                DHRC were to occur then an early
                                amortization event would occur for all
                                outstanding series.

                                The conservator or receiver may have the
                                power:

                                o regardless of the terms of the pooling
                                  agreement:

                                  - to prevent the beginning of an early
                                    amortization period or rapid
                                    accumulation period,

                                  - to prevent the early sale of the
                                    receivables and termination of the
                                    trust,

                                  - to require new principal receivables to
                                    continue being transferred to the
                                    trust,

                                  - to require the trustee of the trust to
                                    go through an administrative claims
                                    procedure to establish its right to
                                    payments collected on the receivables
                                    in the trust, or

                                  - to repudiate the pooling agreement
                                    which establishes the trust and limit
                                    the trust's resulting claim, or

                                o regardless of the instructions of the
                                  certificateholders:

                                  - to require the early sale of the
                                    trust's receivables,

                                  - to require termination of the trust and
                                    retirement of the trust's certificates
                                    including your series, or

                                  - to prohibit the continued transfer of
                                    principal receivables to the trust.

YOU WILL HAVE LIMITED
CONTROL OF TRUST ACTIONS        You will have limited voting rights
                                relating to actions of the trust and the
                                trustee. You will not have the right to
                                vote to direct the trustee to take any
                                actions other than the right to vote to
                                declare an early amortization event or a
                                servicer default.


                        TRUST CREDIT CARD PORTFOLIO

         Defined terms are indicated by boldface type. Both the attached
prospectus and this prospectus supplement contain a glossary of important
terms where definitions can be found.

THE RNB PORTFOLIO

         The following information reflects the composition and historical
performance of the RNB portfolio of credit card accounts. However, the
amounts presented also include a small amount of receivables in some Dayton
Hudson Corporation commercial accounts not included in the RNB portfolio.
The trust portfolio is the same as the RNB portfolio. In addition, the
composition of the RNB portfolio reflects the expansion of Target, one of
Dayton Hudson Corporation's retail operating chains, to 44% of the RNB
portfolio at year end 1999. See "Retailers National Bank's Credit Card
Business" in the attached prospectus for a description of RNB's credit card
business.

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE

         The following table provides the delinquency experience for the
RNB portfolio as of the indicated dates. In the following table:

         o        "Number of Days Delinquent" means the number of days
                  following the original billing due date, for example, 30
                  to 59 days delinquent means that the minimum payment was
                  not received 30 or more days after the original billing
                  due date but within 60 days of such due date,

         o        "Delinquent Amount" represents the sum of the outstanding
                  amount of receivables that are delinquent in each
                  delinquency category at the end of the various monthly
                  billing cycle periods; these amounts may differ from the
                  amount of delinquencies in each delinquency category on
                  the last day of the month, and

         o        the percentages result from dividing the "Delinquent
                  Amount" by the sum of billed balances at the end of the
                  various monthly billing cycle periods during the month
                  ending on the specified date.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                                                 FOR RNB PORTFOLIO
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


                                                        AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                1999                          1998                           1997
                    ----------------------------- -----------------------------  -----------------------------
NUMBER OF DAYS         DELINQUENT                    DELINQUENT                     DELINQUENT
DELINQUENT               AMOUNT           %            AMOUNT           %             AMOUNT           %
- ------------------- ---------------- ------------ ---------------- ------------  ---------------- ------------
<S>                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>         <C>
30 to 59 Days......          $86,847        3.22%          $81,317        3.22%           $82,830     3.37%
60 to 89 Days......           43,567         1.62           40,453         1.60            36,879     1.50
90 Days or More....           89,050         3.31           78,186         3.10            76,217     3.10
                    ---------------- ------------ ---------------- ------------  ---------------- ------------
     TOTAL.........         $219,464        8.15%         $199,956        7.92%          $195,926     7.97%
                    ================ ============ ================ ============  ================ ============
</TABLE>


         The following table provides the loss experience for the RNB
portfolio for the indicated periods. "Average Receivables Outstanding" is
the average for each month from January through December of the
indicated year of the sum of receivables outstanding at the end of the
billing cycles in that month; these amounts may differ from the average of
month-end receivables outstanding. "Gross Charge-Offs" shown exclude
charge-offs of finance charge receivables and late payment fees.
"Recoveries" exclude finance charge receivables and late payment fee
recoveries and include sales tax recoveries and are net of collection
agency fees.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  LOSS EXPERIENCE
                                                 FOR RNB PORTFOLIO
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


                                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1999                1998                 1997
                                                             -----------------   -----------------    -----------------
<S>                                                             <C>                 <C>                  <C>
Average Receivables Outstanding..........................       $2,342,611          $2,237,722           $2,100,064
Gross Charge-Offs........................................        191,044..           200,289..              182,196
Recoveries...............................................          28,997              27,415                25,332
Net Charge-Offs..........................................         162,047.            172,874.              156,864
Net Charge-Offs as a Percentage of                                 6.92%               7.73%                7.47%
   Average Principal Receivables
   Outstanding...........................................
</TABLE>

         As of December 31, 1999, accounts 30 or more days delinquent were
8.15% of total receivables compared with 7.92% and 7.97% of total
receivables as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Delinquencies
are a leading indicator of future charge-offs.

         For the 12 month period ended December 31, 1999, net charge-offs
as a percentage of average receivables outstanding were 6.92% compared with
7.73% and 7.47% for the year ended December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively. Delinquencies and charge-offs depend on a variety of factors,
including

     o   general economic conditions and trends in consumer bankruptcy filings,

     o   the availability of other sources of credit,

     o   terms and conditions of the accounts, and

     o   growth and maturity of the portfolio.

CHARACTERISTICS OF THE TRUST PORTFOLIO

         The assets of the trust include credit card receivables generated
through accounts that DHRC has designated as trust accounts. The trust
accounts are:

     o   accounts designated when the trust was established,

     o   AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS automatically added to the trust
         as they are created, and

     o   SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS that have been designated since the trust
         was established.

To date, no SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS have been added to the trust. DHRC is
permitted to add accounts, and at times is required to add accounts, to the
trust. DHRC can remove accounts from the trust if the conditions to removal
are satisfied. As a result, the composition of the trust is expected to
change over time. See "The Receivables" in the attached prospectus for a
general description of the receivables in the trust.

         The receivables and the accounts in the trust portfolio, as of the
end of the day on _____ ___, 1999:

     o   included approximately $____ billion of receivables, representing
         the total receivables balance at the close of the ______ ___, 1999
         billing cycle periods for Mervyn's and actual ______ ___, 1999
         receivables balances for the Department Stores and Target,

     o   included approximately $____ billion of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and
         $____ billion of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES, with FINANCE CHARGE
         RECEIVABLES making up approximately ___% of the total receivables,

     o   had an average receivables balance of $_____, excluding accounts
         with a zero balance,

     o   had an average credit limit of $_____, of which the average
         receivables balance represented approximately ___%, excluding
         accounts with a zero balance,

     o   had an average account age of ___ months,

     o   had billing addresses in all 50 states, the District of Columbia
         and in U.S. territories and possessions and on U.S. military
         bases, and less than 1% of the obligors have billing addresses
         outside of the United States, and

     o   included the following approximate percentages of outstanding
         PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES balances from Dayton Hudson Corporation's
         retail operating chains: Target ___%, the Department Stores ___%,
         and Mervyn's ___%.

         The following tables summarize characteristics of the trust
portfolio as of the end of the day on _____ ___, 1999. Because the
composition of the trust portfolio may change in the future, these tables
are not necessarily indicative of the composition of the trust portfolio at
any later time.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          COMPOSITION BY ACCOUNT BALANCE
                                                  TRUST PORTFOLIO


                                                                 PERCENTAGE                            PERCENTAGE
                                                                  OF TOTAL                              OF TOTAL
                                                  NUMBER OF        NUMBER          RECEIVABLES        RECEIVABLES
ACCOUNT BALANCE RANGE                              ACCOUNTS      OF ACCOUNTS       OUTSTANDING        OUTSTANDING
- --------------------------                       ------------   -------------   ------------------   --------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>               <C>                <C>
Credit Balance................................                              %   $                                 %
$0............................................
$0.01 to $500.00..............................
$500.01 to $1,000.00..........................
$1,000.01 to $3,000.00........................
$3,000.01 to $5,000.00........................
$5,000.01 to $10,000.00.......................
Over $10,000.00...............................
                                                 ------------   -------------   ------------------   --------------
         TOTAL................................                              %   $                                 %
                                                 ============   =============   ==================   ==============


                                            COMPOSITION BY CREDIT LIMIT
                                                  TRUST PORTFOLIO


                                                                 PERCENTAGE                            PERCENTAGE
                                                                  OF TOTAL                              OF TOTAL
                                                  NUMBER OF        NUMBER          RECEIVABLES        RECEIVABLES
CREDIT LIMIT RANGE                                 ACCOUNTS      OF ACCOUNTS       OUTSTANDING        OUTSTANDING
- ---------------------                            ------------   -------------   ------------------   --------------
$0 to $199...................................                               %   $                                 %
$200 to $399.................................
$400 to $499.................................
$500 to $699.................................
$700 to $999.................................
$1,000 to $1,499.............................
$1,500 to $2,999.............................
$3,000 to $4,999.............................
$5,000 to $9,999.............................
$10,000 to $14,999...........................
$15,000 to $24,999...........................
Over $24,999.................................
                                                 ------------   -------------   ------------------   --------------
         TOTAL...............................                               %   $                                 %
                                                 ============   =============   ==================   ==============


                                       COMPOSITION BY PERIOD OF DELINQUENCY
                                                  TRUST PORTFOLIO


                                                                 PERCENTAGE                            PERCENTAGE
                                                                  OF TOTAL                              OF TOTAL
                                                  NUMBER OF        NUMBER          RECEIVABLES        RECEIVABLES
NUMBER OF DAYS DELINQUENT                          ACCOUNTS      OF ACCOUNTS       OUTSTANDING        OUTSTANDING
- ------------------------------                   ------------   -------------   ------------------   --------------
Current......................................                               %   $                                 %
1 to 29 days.................................
30 to 59 days................................
60 to 89 days................................
90 days or more..............................
                                                 ------------   -------------   ------------------   --------------
         TOTAL...............................                               %   $                                 %
                                                 ============   =============   ==================   ==============




         In "Composition by Account Age" below, "Account Age" is determined
by the number of months elapsed since the account was originally opened.

                                            COMPOSITION BY ACCOUNT AGE
                                                  TRUST PORTFOLIO


                                                                 PERCENTAGE                            PERCENTAGE
                                                                  OF TOTAL                              OF TOTAL
                                                  NUMBER OF        NUMBER          RECEIVABLES        RECEIVABLES
ACCOUNT AGE                                        ACCOUNTS      OF ACCOUNTS       OUTSTANDING        OUTSTANDING
- ---------------                                  ------------   -------------   ------------------   --------------
Less than or equal to 1 year.................                               %   $                                 %
Over 1 year to 2 years.......................
Over 2 years to 3 years......................
Over 3 years to 5 years......................
Over 5 years.................................
                                                 ------------   -------------   ------------------   --------------
         TOTAL...............................                               %   $                                 %
                                                 ============   =============   ==================   ==============


         In "Composition of Accounts by Top Five States," "Other" means not in excess of 5% of the
percentage of total number of accounts and includes U.S. military, U.S. territories and non-U.S. accounts.


                                              COMPOSITION OF ACCOUNTS
                                                BY TOP FIVE STATES
                                                  TRUST PORTFOLIO


                                                                 PERCENTAGE                            PERCENTAGE
                                                                  OF TOTAL                              OF TOTAL
                                                  NUMBER OF        NUMBER          RECEIVABLES        RECEIVABLES
STATE                                              ACCOUNTS      OF ACCOUNTS       OUTSTANDING        OUTSTANDING
- ------                                           ------------   -------------   ------------------   --------------
California...................................                               %   $                                 %
Michigan.....................................
Illinois.....................................
Minnesota....................................
Texas........................................
Other........................................
                                                 ------------   -------------   ------------------   --------------
         TOTAL...............................                               %   $                                 %
                                                 ============   =============   ==================   ==============
</TABLE>



                          MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS

         The Class A certificates are scheduled to receive principal on the
____________ DISTRIBUTION DATE. Principal may be paid earlier if an EARLY
AMORTIZATION EVENT occurs. Final payment of principal may also be delayed
if this series is paired with another series.

ACCUMULATION PERIOD

         Collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for the Class A certificates
will be deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT until the amount
deposited in this account is equal to the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT. On each
DISTRIBUTION DATE, the CLASS A PRINCIPAL to be deposited in the PRINCIPAL
FUNDING ACCOUNT will generally be the least of:

         o        the PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of PRINCIPAL
                  RECEIVABLES collected during the previous MONTHLY PERIOD
                  plus the SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS and SHARED
                  TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS allocated to the Class A
                  certificates,

         o        the CLASS A CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT, and

         o        the CLASS A ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT.

         The ability of the trust to distribute payments of principal on
the final payment date may depend on one or more of the following factors:

         o        the monthly payment rates on the receivables may vary due
                  to the following:

                  -        cardholders fail to make a required minimum payment,

                  -        cardholders pay only the minimum required amount,

                  -        cardholders pay off the entire outstanding balance,

                  -        seasonal purchasing, and

                  -        payment habits of cardholders, and

         o        the amount of outstanding  receivables,  charge-offs  and
                  new borrowings may vary due to:

                  -        changes in credit terms and conditions,

                  -        seasonal variations,

                  -        changes in cardholders,

                  -        the availability of other sources of credit,

                  -        legal factors,

                  -        general economic conditions,

                  -        spending and borrowing habits of individual
                           cardholders, and

                  -        other factors, and

        o         the potential issuance by the trust of additional series.

EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT

         If an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT occurs, you will receive payments
of principal on each SPECIAL PAYMENT DATE after the MONTHLY PERIOD in which
the event has occurred. These payments will continue until the earlier of
the payment in full of the INVESTED AMOUNT or the SERIES 2000-__
TERMINATION DATE. The average life and maturity of your certificates can be
significantly reduced if an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT occurs. See
"Description of the Class A Certificates--Early Amortization Events" for
additional discussion.

PAIRED SERIES

         The transferor may cause the trust to issue another series after
the ACCUMULATION PERIOD begins that will be paired with your series. The
outstanding principal amount of that paired series may vary and the
interest rate for that series will be established on its date of issuance.
If an early amortization event occurs for the other paired series before
payment is made in full on your certificates, the final payment of
principal on your certificates may be delayed. For example, the denominator
of the PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE may increase if an early
amortization event occurs on the other paired series. This could cause a
reduction of the percentage of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for
your series. See "Description of the Class A Certificates--Paired Series"
for additional discussion.

HISTORICAL PAYMENT RATES OF THE RNB PORTFOLIO

         The following table provides you with the highest and lowest and
average cardholder monthly payment rates for the RNB portfolio during any
month in the periods shown. These payment rates are calculated as total
payments collected during each month as a percentage of total outstanding
trust receivables at the beginning of the month, calculated on a sum of
billing cycles basis. Monthly averages are shown as an arithmetic average
of the payment rate for each month during the indicated period. Payment
rates shown in this table are based on total cash payments toward principal
and finance charges made by cardholders. Merchant fees and deferred billing
fees are not included in the total cash payments. The trust portfolio is
the same as the RNB portfolio.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         SUMMARY PAYMENT RATE INFORMATION


                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         2000                       1999                       1998
                                                 ---------------------     ----------------------     -----------------------
PAYMENT RATES
                                                                           ----------------------     -----------------------

<S>                                              <C>                         <C>                     <C>
Highest Monthly Rate.....................                            %                          %                           %
Lowest Monthly Rate......................                            %                          %                           %
Average Monthly Rate.....................                            %                          %                           %
</TABLE>



         Because the future composition of the portfolios may change over
time, this table does not necessarily indicate the composition or
performance of the RNB portfolio or the trust portfolio at any later time.


                      RECEIVABLE YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

         Gross revenues from finance charges and fees collected from
accounts in the RNB portfolio for each of the three calendar years 1999,
1998 and 1997 and for the ____ months ended on ______ ___, 2000 and ______
___, 1999 are set forth in the following table. In the following table:

         o        all figures represent amounts billed to customers after
                  deductions due to charge-offs, fraud, returned goods,
                  customer disputes or other customer service adjustments,

         o        "Average Principal Receivables Outstanding" is the
                  average of the end of the billing cycle balance of
                  PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES outstanding in each month from
                  January through December of the year, which may differ
                  from the month-end receivables outstanding,

         o        "Finance Charges and Fees" include finance charges, late
                  fees, return check fees, credit division miscellaneous
                  income, and RNB merchant fees and deferred billing fees,

         o        "Yield from Finance Charges and Fees" is calculated as a
                  percentage of "Average Principal Receivables
                  Outstanding,"

         o        historical yield figures are calculated on a billed
                  basis, and

         o        the percentages reflected for the _____ months ended
                  ______ ___, 2000 and ______ ___, 1999 are annualized
                  figures.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                REVENUE EXPERIENCE
                                                   RNB PORTFOLIO
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


                                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  2000                 1999                 1998
                                                           ------------------   ------------------   ------------------
Average Principal Receivables
<S>                                                          <C>                 <C>                   <C>
    Outstanding.........................................     $                    $                    $
Finance Charges and Fees................................
Yield from Finance Charges                                         %                    %                             %
    and Fees............................................

</TABLE>



                              USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net proceeds from the sale of the Class A certificates will be
paid to DHRC. DHRC will use the net proceeds for general corporate
purposes.


                  DESCRIPTION OF THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES

         The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Class
A certificates. This summary is not a complete description of the terms of
the Class A certificates. You should refer to "Description of the
Certificates" and "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement" in the attached
prospectus as well as the Pooling Agreement and the Series 2000-__
Supplement for a complete description.

GENERAL

         The Class A certificates will be issued under the POOLING
AGREEMENT and the SERIES 2000-__ SUPPLEMENT. Each Class A certificate
represents the right to receive allocations of cardholder payments that
have been received from receivables transferred to the trust. In
particular, the certificates will be allocated:

         o        a percentage of collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES
                  that will be a floating percentage for so long as an
                  EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT does not occur,

         o        a floating percentage of DEFAULTED AMOUNTS that will
                  reduce your INVESTED AMOUNT if not paid from collections
                  of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES or REALLOCATED CLASS B
                  PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,

         o        during the REVOLVING PERIOD, a floating percentage of
                  collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES, and

         o        during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD or the EARLY AMORTIZATION
                  PERIOD, a percentage of collections of PRINCIPAL
                  RECEIVABLES determined based on a fraction whose
                  numerator will be fixed at the end of the REVOLVING
                  PERIOD.

         In addition to representing the right to payment from collections
of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES and PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to your
series, each Class A certificate also represents the right to receive
payments from:

         o        EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS,

         o        EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS,

         o        SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS, and

         o        SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS.

         Class A certificates will also be entitled to amounts in the
PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT and the RESERVE ACCOUNT, and the series share of
amounts in the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT and the COLLECTION ACCOUNT, and
investment earnings on amounts in these accounts.

         Class A certificates will be issued in $1,000 denominations and
will be available only in book-entry form through DTC. As described in the
attached prospectus, as long as the Class A certificates are held in
book-entry form, you will only be able to transfer your Class A
certificates through the facilities of DTC. You will receive payments and
notices through DTC and its participants. Payments of interest and
principal will be made on each DISTRIBUTION DATE to Class A
certificateholders in whose names certificates are registered on the RECORD
DATE, to the extent of available funds.

         The Series 2000-__ certificates are included in GROUP I. The
series listed under "Other Series Issued and Outstanding" are also included
in GROUP I. Additional series issued by the trust may also be included in
GROUP I. See "Description of the Certificates--Investor Percentage" in the
attached prospectus.

         The trust has also issued the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE and a
PARTICIPATION. DHRC initially will own the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE. RNB owns
the PARTICIPATION. DHRC may transfer the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE in whole or
in part under the limitations and conditions described in the POOLING
AGREEMENT. See "Description of the Certificates--The Transferor
Certificate" in the attached prospectus.

INTEREST PAYMENTS

         If you purchase Class A certificates you will receive from
available funds a payment of CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST plus CARRYOVER CLASS
A INTEREST on the 25th day of each month that the Class A certificates are
outstanding. If that date is not a business day you will be paid on the
next business day.

         On each DISTRIBUTION DATE, you will receive an interest payment
based on the interest rate for your Class A certificates and the
outstanding balance of your Class A certificates as follows:


         Interest on the Class A certificates for each DISTRIBUTION DATE
will be paid to you by multiplying:

         o        the CLASS A CERTIFICATE RATE which is ___% per annum, by

         o        the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
                  certificates as of the last day of the preceding MONTHLY
                  PERIOD, by

         o        a fraction equal to 30 divided by 360.

         If you do not receive your interest in full on any DISTRIBUTION
DATE, you will be paid the shortfall on the next succeeding DISTRIBUTION
DATE together with interest on the shortfall amount if there are funds
available to make that payment.

         Interest payments will be funded from:

         o        FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES allocated to your series for
                  the related MONTHLY PERIOD, and

         o        to the extent FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES allocated to
                  your series are insufficient to pay the interest, from:

                  -        EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated to
                           your series

                  -        EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
                           allocated to your series, and

                  -        REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS.

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS

         Principal payments on the Class A certificates will be funded
from:

         o        collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to your
                  series, plus

         o        SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS allocated to your series,
                  plus

         o        SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS allocated to your
                  series.

         If there is a shortfall in the amount of collections of FINANCE
CHARGE RECEIVABLES available to pay the CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT,
collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to the Class B certificates
will be reallocated to pay the shortfall amount. These REALLOCATED CLASS B
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS will not be available to make principal payments to
the Class A certificates unless they are applied to cover INVESTOR DEFAULT
AMOUNTS, INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS or unpaid ADJUSTMENT PAYMENTS. Collections of
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to your series but not needed to make
payments to your series may be reallocated to other series.

         Revolving Period. During the REVOLVING PERIOD no principal
payments will be made to Class A certificateholders. The REVOLVING PERIOD
begins on the CLOSING DATE and ends on the day before the ACCUMULATION
PERIOD or EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD begins. On each DISTRIBUTION DATE
during the REVOLVING PERIOD, collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated
to your series will be:

         o        treated as REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS used
                  to pay the CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT,

         o        treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS used to pay
                  principal to other series,

         o        paid to DHRC, or

         o        if the rating agencies have confirmed that a requested
                  reduction of the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will not result
                  in a RATINGS EFFECT, used to reduce the CLASS B INVESTED
                  AMOUNT.

         Accumulation Period. During the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, collections
of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES will be deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT
on each DISTRIBUTION DATE in an amount equal to CLASS A PRINCIPAL which
will generally be equal to the least of:

         o        the PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of PRINCIPAL
                  RECEIVABLES collected during the previous MONTHLY PERIOD
                  plus the SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS and SHARED
                  TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS allocated to the Class A
                  certificates.,

         o         the CLASS A CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT, and

         o        the CLASS A ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT.

         On the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE, the trustee will pay
to Class A certificateholders the amount on deposit in the PRINCIPAL
FUNDING ACCOUNT. If an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT occurs during the
ACCUMULATION PERIOD, the amount on deposit in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT
will be paid to Class A certificateholders on the first SPECIAL PAYMENT
DATE.

         During the ACCUMULATION PERIOD until the final principal payment
to Class A certificateholders, the portion of principal collections not
applied to CLASS A PRINCIPAL will generally be treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS or, under specified circumstances, deposited in the SPECIAL
FUNDING ACCOUNT.

         Early Amortization Period. On each SPECIAL PAYMENT DATE during the
EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD:

         o        the Class A certificateholders will be entitled to
                  receive collections for the related MONTHLY PERIOD until
                  the earlier of:

                  -        the date the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT has been
                           paid in full, and

                  -        the SERIES 2000-__ TERMINATION DATE, and

         o        after payment in full of the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT,
                  Class B certificateholders will be entitled to receive
                  collections for the related MONTHLY PERIOD until the
                  earlier of:

                  -        the date the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT has been
                           paid in full, and

                  -        the SERIES 2000-__ TERMINATION DATE.

POSTPONEMENT OF ACCUMULATION PERIOD

         The ACCUMULATION PERIOD is scheduled to last 12 months. However,
the servicer may elect to extend the REVOLVING PERIOD and postpone the
start of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD. The servicer may make this election only
if the number of months needed to fund the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT to pay
the Class A certificates is less than 12. On the third business day before
each DISTRIBUTION DATE beginning in _________, ____ until the ACCUMULATION
PERIOD begins, the servicer will determine the length of the ACCUMULATION
PERIOD needed to fund the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT to allow the CLASS A
INVESTED AMOUNT to be paid in full on the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT
DATE. In making this determination, the servicer is required to assume
that:

         o        the principal payment rate will be no greater than the
                  lowest monthly payment rate for the previous 12 months,

         o        no additional series will be issued,

         o        the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES will remain the
                  same throughout the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, and

         o        no EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT will occur for any series.

         If the number of months determined to be required to fund the
PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT is less than 12 months, the servicer may elect to
postpone the start of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD so that the number of months
included in the ACCUMULATION PERIOD will be equal to or exceed the length
of the required ACCUMULATION PERIOD as determined by the servicer. After
making an election to postpone the start of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD but
before the ACCUMULATION PERIOD begins, the Servicer may elect to further
postpone the start of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD or be required to extend the
ACCUMULATION PERIOD in accordance with the requirements described above.
The length of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD will not be less than one month.

SUBORDINATION

         The Class B certificates will be subordinated to the Class A
certificates. At the closing, the Class B certificates will not have a
stated interest rate and will not be entitled to payments of interest.
Principal payments on the Class B certificates will not begin until the
Class A certificates have been paid in full unless:

         o        DHRC requests a reduction of the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT
                  during the REVOLVING PERIOD, and

         o        the rating agencies confirm that a reduction will not
                  result in a RATINGS EFFECT.

If there are insufficient funds on any DISTRIBUTION DATE to pay the CLASS A
REQUIRED AMOUNT, principal payments allocable to Class B certificateholders
will be reallocated to cover amounts due on the Class A certificates and
the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced. If these REALLOCATED CLASS B
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS are not sufficient to fund the remaining CLASS A
REQUIRED AMOUNT, then the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be reallocated to
the Class A certificates as needed to absorb reductions in the INVESTED
AMOUNT of your series due to DEFAULTED AMOUNTS. The CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT
may be reimbursed from subsequent collections of FINANCE CHARGE
RECEIVABLES.

TRANSFER OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES

         DHRC will initially retain the Class B certificates. DHRC may sell
all or a portion of the Class B certificates. If DHRC does sell the Class B
certificates, DHRC will enter into an agreement with the trustee that will
specify the interest rate for the Class B certificates as well as other
relevant provisions of those certificates. DHRC can only sell Class B
certificates if:

         o        DHRC notifies the trustee, the servicer and the rating
                  agencies of the proposed transfer of the Class B
                  certificates,

         o        the rating agencies advise the trustee that the transfer
                  will not have a RATINGS EFFECT,

         o        no EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT occurs before the transfer,

         o        DHRC delivers an officer's certificate to the trustee
                  stating that the transferor believes that the transfer
                  will not cause an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT to occur, and

         o        the transferor delivers a tax opinion to the trustee
                  regarding the transfer.

ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES

         For each MONTHLY PERIOD, the servicer will allocate collections of
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES, PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and all DEFAULTED AMOUNTS
among:

         o        your series,

         o        the interests of certificateholders for all other series
                  issued and outstanding,

         o        the TRANSFEROR'S INTEREST, and

         o        the interests of the holders of any PARTICIPATIONS.

         The trustee will use the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE to
allocate to your series DEFAULTED AMOUNTS and collections of FINANCE CHARGE
RECEIVABLES. The trustee will use the PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE to
allocate to your series collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES.

         The FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE as determined at any time is
generally a proportionate share equal to a fraction:

         o        whose numerator is the ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT at the
                  end of the previous month, and

         o        whose denominator is the total amount of PRINCIPAL
                  RECEIVABLES at the end of the previous month.

If an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT occurs, the numerator and denominator of the
FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE used for purposes of allocating collections
of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES will be fixed at the relevant amounts
outstanding at the end of the month before the month during which the EARLY
AMORTIZATION EVENT occurs.

         The PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE as determined at any time is
generally equal to a fraction:

         o        whose numerator during the REVOLVING PERIOD is the
                  INVESTED AMOUNT at the end of the previous month and,
                  during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD or the EARLY AMORTIZATION
                  PERIOD, is the INVESTED AMOUNT at the end of the
                  REVOLVING PERIOD, and

         o        whose denominator is the total amount of PRINCIPAL
                  RECEIVABLES at the end of the previous month or, for the
                  ACCUMULATION PERIOD or the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD when
                  no other series are outstanding, at the end of the
                  REVOLVING PERIOD.

APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

         Payment of Interest, Fees and Other Items. On each DISTRIBUTION
DATE, AVAILABLE SERIES 2000-__ FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS for the related
MONTHLY PERIOD will be applied in the following order:

         o        to pay CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST and CARRYOVER CLASS A
                  INTEREST,

        o         to pay the MONTHLY SERVICING FEE,

        o         an amount equal to the total CLASS A INVESTOR DEFAULTED
                  AMOUNT for that DISTRIBUTION DATE will be:

                  -        treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS during
                           the REVOLVING PERIOD, and

                  -        during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, on and before
                           the date the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT is paid in
                           full or available in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING
                           ACCOUNT, deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING
                           ACCOUNT or during the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD
                           deposited in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT for payment
                           to Class A certificateholders,

        o         an amount equal to the total CLASS B INVESTOR DEFAULTED
                  AMOUNT for that DISTRIBUTION DATE will be:

                  -        treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS during
                           the REVOLVING PERIOD, and

                  -        during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, on and before
                           the date the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT is paid in
                           full or available in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING
                           ACCOUNT, deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING
                           ACCOUNT or during the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD
                           deposited in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT for payment
                           to Class A certificateholders or Class B
                           certificateholders,

         o        an amount equal to the SERIES 2000-__ ALLOCATION
                  PERCENTAGE of any ADJUSTMENT PAYMENT that DHRC is
                  required but fails to make under the POOLING AGREEMENT
                  will be:

                  -        treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS during
                           the REVOLVING PERIOD,

                  -        during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, on and before
                           the date an amount equal to the CLASS A INVESTED
                           AMOUNT is paid in full or deposited in the
                           PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT, deposited in the
                           PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT or during the EARLY
                           AMORTIZATION PERIOD deposited in the COLLECTION
                           ACCOUNT for payment to Class A
                           certificateholders or Class B
                           certificateholders,

         o        an amount equal to the unreimbursed CLASS A INVESTOR
                  CHARGE-OFFS, if any, will be applied to reimburse CLASS A
                  INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS, and this amount will be:

                  -        treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS during
                           the REVOLVING PERIOD, and

                  -        during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, on and before
                           the date an amount equal to the CLASS A INVESTED
                           AMOUNT is paid in full or deposited in the
                           PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT, deposited in the
                           PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT or during the EARLY
                           AMORTIZATION PERIOD deposited in the COLLECTION
                           AMOUNT for payment to Class A
                           certificateholders,

         o        an amount equal to the unreimbursed reductions in the
                  CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT because of CLASS B INVESTOR
                  CHARGE-OFFS and REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL
                  COLLECTIONS, if any, will be:

                  -        treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS during
                           the REVOLVING PERIOD, and

                  -        during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, on and before
                           the date an amount equal to the CLASS A INVESTED
                           AMOUNT is paid in full or deposited in the
                           PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT, deposited in the
                           PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT or during the EARLY
                           AMORTIZATION PERIOD deposited in the COLLECTION
                           ACCOUNT for payment to Class A certificateholders
                           or Class B certificateholders,

         o        to pay CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST and CARRYOVER CLASS B
                  INTEREST, if any,

         o        on each DISTRIBUTION DATE from and after the RESERVE
                  ACCOUNT FUNDING DATE, but before the date the RESERVE
                  ACCOUNT is terminated, an amount up to the excess, if
                  any, of the REQUIRED RESERVE ACCOUNT AMOUNT over the
                  AVAILABLE RESERVE ACCOUNT AMOUNT, will be deposited in
                  the RESERVE ACCOUNT, and

         o        the balance, if any, will constitute EXCESS FINANCE
                  CHARGE COLLECTIONS.

         The following diagram provides you with an outline of the
allocation of collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES. This diagram is a
simplified demonstration of the allocation and payment provisions contained
in this prospectus supplement and the attached prospectus.




[GRAPHIC?OMITTED]




         Excess Finance Charge Collections. On each DISTRIBUTION DATE,
EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated to Series 2000-__ will be
applied in the following order:

         o        to pay the REQUIRED AMOUNT, if any, and

         o        as EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS.

         EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS from Series 2000-__ will be
applied in the following order:

         o        to pay certificateholders of other series in GROUP I to
                  the extent of any shortfalls,

         o        to pay any unpaid expenses or liabilities of the trust,
                  and

         o        as EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS.

         Excess Transferor Finance Charge Collections. On each DISTRIBUTION
DATE, the trustee will apply EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
allocated to your series in the following order:

         o        to pay the REQUIRED AMOUNT remaining after applying
                  EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS, and

         o        as SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS.

         Payment of Principal. On each DISTRIBUTION DATE during the
REVOLVING PERIOD, the product of:

         o        the PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE, and

         o        collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for that
                  DISTRIBUTION DATE,

will be treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS except that any reduction
of the required CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT during the REVOLVING PERIOD will be
paid to Class B certificateholders.

         On each DISTRIBUTION DATE related to the ACCUMULATION PERIOD,
collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to Class A
certificateholders equal to CLASS A PRINCIPAL but not more than the CLASS A
CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT will be deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING
ACCOUNT for payment to Class A certificateholders on the CLASS A EXPECTED
FINAL PAYMENT DATE.

         On each SPECIAL PAYMENT DATE after the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL
PAYMENT DATE and, if earlier, after an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT occurs, the
trustee will apply the amount on deposit in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT and
available for payment of principal in the following order:

         o        an amount equal to CLASS A PRINCIPAL to Class A
                  certificateholders,

         o        after the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT has been paid, an
                  amount equal to CLASS B PRINCIPAL to Class B
                  certificateholders, and

         o        an amount equal to the excess, if any, will be treated as
                  SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS.

         On each DISTRIBUTION DATE during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD or EARLY
AMORTIZATION PERIOD, funds on deposit in the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT
distributable to Series 2000-__ will be applied in the following order:

         o        until the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT is paid in full, to
                  Class A certificateholders in an amount equal to the
                  lesser of:

                  -        the shortfall in amounts to be paid from
                           collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for Series
                           2000-__, and

                  -        the amount allocated to Series 2000-__ under the
                           POOLING AGREEMENT,

                  but not more than CLASS A PRINCIPAL, less amounts to be
                  deposited in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT, and

         o        on and after the DISTRIBUTION DATE on which the CLASS A
                  INVESTED AMOUNT is paid in full, to Class B
                  certificateholders in an amount not to exceed:

                  -        the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT, less

                  -        amounts to be deposited in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT.

         You will receive the final payment of principal and interest on
the Class A certificates no later than _______. After _______ the trust
will have no further obligation to pay principal or interest on the Class A
certificates.

         The following diagram provides you with an outline of the
allocation of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES. This diagram is a
simplified demonstration of the allocation and payment provisions contained
in this prospectus supplement and the attached prospectus.




[GRAPHIC?OMITTED]




REALLOCATION OF CASH FLOWS

         For each DISTRIBUTION DATE, the servicer will calculate the CLASS
A REQUIRED AMOUNT, which is generally equal to the excess, if any, of (1)
CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST, CARRYOVER CLASS A INTEREST, the CLASS A SERVICING
FEE and the CLASS A INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT plus the portion of any
unpaid ADJUSTMENT PAYMENTS allocated to the Class A certificates over (2)
the AVAILABLE SERIES 2000-__ FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS plus any available
EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS from other series, plus EXCESS TRANSFEROR
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocable to your series.

         The CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT will be paid from REALLOCATED CLASS B
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. If REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS are not
sufficient to fund the CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT, then the CLASS B INVESTED
AMOUNT will be reduced to the extent of the INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT plus
the SERIES 2000-__ ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of any unpaid ADJUSTMENT PAYMENTS
but in no event shall it be reduced below zero. The CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT
will be reduced by the excess, if any, of the INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT
plus the SERIES 2000-__ ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of any unpaid ADJUSTMENT
PAYMENTS over the amount of the reductions, if any, to the CLASS B INVESTED
AMOUNT to fund the CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT.

         Any reduction in the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT will have the effect
of slowing or reducing the return of principal and interest to Class A
certificateholders. If the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT is reduced to zero,
Class A certificateholders will bear directly the credit and other risks
associated with their interests in the trust. See "--Defaulted Receivables;
Investor Charge-Offs" for additional discussion.

         Reductions of the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT and the CLASS B INVESTED
AMOUNT described in the three preceding paragraphs will be reimbursed, and
the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT and the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT increased, on
later DISTRIBUTION DATES to the extent of:

         o        AVAILABLE SERIES 2000-__ FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS,

         o        EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS from other series, and

         o        EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS available
                  for that purpose on each DISTRIBUTION DATE.

SHARING OF EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS

         Collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES--and other amounts
treated like collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES--in excess of the
amount required to make payments or deposits for the certificates of your
series will be made available to other series included in GROUP I whose
allocation of collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES is not sufficient
to make their required payments or deposits. We call these amounts EXCESS
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS. If the certificates of your series require more
collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES than allocated through the
INVESTOR PERCENTAGE, you will have access to collections of FINANCE CHARGE
RECEIVABLES--and other amounts treated like finance charge
collections--from other series in GROUP I. Each series that is part of
GROUP I and has a shortfall will receive a share of the total amount of
EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS available for that month based on the
amount of the shortfall for that series divided by the total shortfall for
all series in GROUP I for that same month. EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE
COLLECTIONS remaining after payment of all shortfalls for other series in
GROUP I will be treated as EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS.
EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS cover shortfalls in amounts payable from
collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES by using EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE
COLLECTIONS from other series which would otherwise be paid to DHRC.

SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS

         Collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to the Series
2000-__ certificateholders' interest in excess of:

         o        during the REVOLVING PERIOD, the amount of REALLOCATED
                  CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,

         o        during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, the CLASS A CONTROLLED
                  DEPOSIT AMOUNT and the amount of REALLOCATED CLASS B
                  PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS, and

         o        during the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD, the INVESTED AMOUNT
                  of the certificates,

will be made available to other series whose allocation of principal
collections is not sufficient to make payments or deposits required to be
made from principal collections allocated to those series. We call these
collections SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. If your certificates require more
principal collections than allocated through the INVESTOR PERCENTAGE, you
will share in the excess available from other series in GROUP I. Each
series that is part of GROUP I and has a shortfall will receive a share of
the total amount of SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS available for that month
based on the amount of the shortfall for that series divided by the total
shortfall for all series in GROUP I for that same month.

         If SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS exceed shortfalls for all series,
the trustee will distribute the remaining amount to DHRC to the extent that
the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT exceeds the REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT or
deposit it into the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT.

         SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS cover PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS of the
Series 2000-__ certificates by using collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES
that would have been paid to DHRC and, in specified circumstances, may
allow the length of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD to be shortened. This type of
reallocation of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES will not result in a
reduction in the INVESTED AMOUNT of the series to which the collections
were initially allocated. There can be no assurance that there will be any
SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD.

         If SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS are not sufficient to cover
PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS for your series, SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS will be applied as described below.

SHARED EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS AND SHARED TRANSFEROR
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS

         EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS are collections of
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES allocable to the TRANSFEROR'S INTEREST in excess
of the amounts necessary to make required payments for any SUPPLEMENTAL
CERTIFICATES, and all other collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES paid
to DHRC, even those initially allocated to series of investor certificates.
These collections will be applied to cover any remaining shortfalls in
amounts payable from FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES for this series and each
other series as designated in the applicable SERIES SUPPLEMENT, based upon
the amount of the shortfall, if any, of each series.

         Any EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS remaining after
covering shortfalls for all designated series will be treated as SHARED
TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE
COLLECTIONS cover shortfalls in amounts payable from collections of FINANCE
CHARGE RECEIVABLES and EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS that are allocable
to Series 2000-__ by using collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES which
would otherwise be paid to DHRC, including those from series not in GROUP I.

         SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS are collections of
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to the TRANSFEROR'S INTEREST but not due to
the holder of any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE and other amounts payable to the
transferor from collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES plus the amount of
EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS remaining after being applied
to amounts payable from collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES. The
SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS will be allocated to cover
shortfalls in amounts payable from collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES
that have not been covered out of the SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for this
series and each other series entitled to receive SHARED TRANSFEROR
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. If the total PRINCIPAL SHORTFALL remaining after
applying SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS exceeds the amount of SHARED
TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD, SHARED TRANSFEROR
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS will be allocated among each designated series, based
on the respective remaining PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS of those series. If SHARED
TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS exceed PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS remaining
after applying SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS, the balance will be paid to
DHRC. SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS cover PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS
for Series 2000-__ certificates remaining after applying SHARED PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS by using collections that would have been paid to DHRC and, in
specified circumstances, may allow the length of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD to
be shortened.

DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES; INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS

         The INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT represents the investor's share of
receivables charged-off as uncollectible. On or before the third business
day before each DISTRIBUTION DATE, the servicer will calculate the INVESTOR
DEFAULTED AMOUNT for your series by multiplying:

         o        the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE for that month, by

         o        the total amount of receivables in trust portfolio
                  accounts that were charged-off as uncollectible for that
                  month.

The INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT will be further allocated:

         o        to Class A--as the CLASS A INVESTOR DEFAULTED
                  AMOUNT--based on the CLASS A FLOATING ALLOCATION
                  PERCENTAGE, and

         o        to Class B--as the CLASS B INVESTOR DEFAULTED
                  AMOUNT--based on the CLASS B FLOATING ALLOCATION
                  PERCENTAGE.

The CLASS A INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT for each MONTHLY PERIOD will be paid
from:

         o        AVAILABLE SERIES 2000-__ FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS,

         o        EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS from other series
                  allocated to Series 2000-__,

         o        EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated to
                  Series 2000-__, and

         o        REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS.

The CLASS B INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT for each MONTHLY PERIOD will be paid
from:

         o        AVAILABLE SERIES 2000-__ FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS,

         o        EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated to Series
                  2000-__, and

         o        EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated to
                  Series 2000-__.

If on any DISTRIBUTION DATE, the REQUIRED AMOUNT exceeds the sum of:

         o        EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocable to Series
                  2000-__,

         o        EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocable to
                  Series 2000-__, and

         o        REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,

then the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced by the amount of that
excess but not more than the INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT plus the SERIES
2000-__ ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of any unpaid ADJUSTMENT PAYMENTS for that
DISTRIBUTION DATE. This type of reduction is called a CLASS B INVESTOR
CHARGE-OFF. If this reduction causes the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT to be a
negative number, then:

         o        the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced to zero, and

         o        the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced by the amount
                  by which the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT would have been
                  reduced below zero,

but not more than the INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT plus the SERIES 2000-__
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of any unpaid ADJUSTMENT PAYMENTS for that
DISTRIBUTION DATE less the amount of the reduction of the CLASS B INVESTED
AMOUNT. This type of reduction is called a CLASS A INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF.

PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT

         Under the SERIES 2000-__ SUPPLEMENT, the trustee will establish
and maintain a PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT in which it will collect CLASS A
PRINCIPAL during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD.

         Amounts collected in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT will be used to
pay principal to Class A certificateholders on the earlier of:

         o        the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE, and

         o        if an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT occurs during the
                  ACCUMULATION PERIOD, the first SPECIAL PAYMENT DATE.

         Amounts on deposit in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT will be
invested until the following DISTRIBUTION DATE by the trustee in ELIGIBLE
INVESTMENTS. The proceeds from these investments will be deposited in the
COLLECTION ACCOUNT on each DISTRIBUTION DATE and applied as AVAILABLE
SERIES 2000-__ FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS.

RESERVE ACCOUNT

         The trustee will establish the RESERVE ACCOUNT that it will use to
fund investment earnings shortfalls during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD. On and
after the RESERVE ACCOUNT FUNDING DATE, the trustee will begin to deposit
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS into this account until the account balance
equals the REQUIRED RESERVE ACCOUNT AMOUNT.

         DHRC will invest money on deposit in this account in ELIGIBLE
INVESTMENTS. Investment earnings, net of expenses and losses, will be
retained in this account. Interest and investment income in this account in
excess of the REQUIRED RESERVE ACCOUNT AMOUNT on each TRANSFER DATE will be
withdrawn and applied as AVAILABLE SERIES 2000-__ FINANCE CHARGE
COLLECTIONS.

         On each TRANSFER DATE during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD and on the
first TRANSFER DATE during the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD, the servicer will
withdraw from the RESERVE ACCOUNT and apply as AVAILABLE SERIES 2000-__
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS the lesser of:

         o        the amount available to be withdrawn from the RESERVE
                  ACCOUNT, and

         o        the PRINCIPAL FUNDING INVESTMENT SHORTFALL for that
                  TRANSFER DATE.

         The RESERVE ACCOUNT will end on the earliest to occur of:

         o        the termination date of the trust,

         o        the date the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT is paid in full, and

         o        if the ACCUMULATION PERIOD has not begun, the occurrence
                  of an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT, and

         o        if the ACCUMULATION PERIOD has begun, the earlier of:

                  -        the first TRANSFER DATE for the EARLY
                           AMORTIZATION PERIOD, and

                  -        the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE.

Upon termination of this account, funds in this account will be applied
according to the priority of payments specified under "--Application of
Collections--Payment of Interest, Fees and Other Items."

DEPOSITS IN THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT

         The servicer will generally deposit all collections received from
the receivables in each MONTHLY PERIOD into the COLLECTION ACCOUNT not
later than two business days after the date of processing unless the
conditions described below are satisfied. RNB, as servicer, may use for its
own benefit all collections received from the receivables in each MONTHLY
PERIOD until the business day preceding the related DISTRIBUTION DATE if:

         o        RNB gives the trustee a letter of credit covering
                  collection risk of the servicer acceptable to each rating
                  agency, or

         o        Dayton Hudson has and maintains a commercial paper rating
                  of at least "A-1" by Standard & Poor's and at least "P-1"
                  by Moody's.

         RNB currently has not given a letter of credit to the trustee and
Dayton Hudson currently does not maintain the required rating for use of
the collections.

         Revolving Period. For each date of processing during the REVOLVING
PERIOD, the servicer shall allocate:

         o        to Series 2000-__ certificateholders and deposit in the
                  COLLECTION ACCOUNT an amount equal to the product of:

                  -        the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE on that date
                           of processing, and

                  -        the total amount of collections of FINANCE
                           CHARGE RECEIVABLES on that date of processing;

         except that for each MONTHLY PERIOD, that amount will only be
         deposited until the time the amount deposited in the COLLECTION
         ACCOUNT equals the sum of:

                  -        CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST,

                  -        CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST, if any,

                  -        CARRYOVER INTEREST, if any, and

                  -        if RNB is not the servicer, the servicing fee
                           due on the next DISTRIBUTION DATE, and

         o        to Series 2000-__ certificateholders an amount equal to
                  the product of:

                  -        the PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE on that date
                           of processing, and

                  -        the total amount of collections of PRINCIPAL
                           RECEIVABLES on that date of processing,

         and pay that amount to DHRC as the holder of the TRANSFEROR
         CERTIFICATE, except that the amount to be paid to the holder of
         the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE on any date of processing will be
         applied in the following order:

         o        if any other PRINCIPAL SHARING SERIES is outstanding and
                  in its AMORTIZATION PERIOD, deposited in the COLLECTION
                  ACCOUNT to be applied, if necessary, as SHARED PRINCIPAL
                  COLLECTIONS on the related DISTRIBUTION DATE, and

         o        paid to the holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE only if
                  on that date of processing the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, minus
                  the interest represented by any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE,
                  is greater than the REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT
                  after all PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES have been transferred to
                  the trust on that day. Otherwise, funds will be deposited
                  in the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT until the TRANSFEROR
                  AMOUNT, minus the interest represented by any
                  SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, is at least equal to the
                  REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT.

These amounts will be paid to the holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
during a MONTHLY PERIOD subject to the obligation of the transferor to make
an amount equal to the REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for each
MONTHLY PERIOD available on the related DISTRIBUTION DATE.

         Accumulation Period.  For each date of processing during the
ACCUMULATION PERIOD, the servicer will allocate:

         o        to Series 2000-__ certificateholders and deposit in the
                  COLLECTION ACCOUNT an amount equal to the product of:

                  -        the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE on that date
                           of processing, and

                  -        the total amount of collections of FINANCE
                           CHARGE RECEIVABLES on that date of processing;

         except that for each MONTHLY PERIOD, this amount will only be
         deposited until the time the amount deposited in the COLLECTION
         ACCOUNT equals the sum of:

                  -        CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST,

                  -        CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST, if any,

                  -        CARRYOVER INTEREST, if any, and

                  -        if RNB is not the servicer, the servicing fee
                           due on the next DISTRIBUTION DATE, and

         o        before the payment in full of the CLASS A INVESTED
                  AMOUNT, to Series 2000-__ certificateholders and deposit
                  in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT an amount equal to the product
                  of:

                  -        the PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE on that date
                           of processing, and

                  -        the total amount of collections of PRINCIPAL
                           RECEIVABLES on that date of processing;

         except that if these amounts for the same MONTHLY PERIOD are more
         than the CLASS A CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT for the related
         DISTRIBUTION DATE, then that excess will be applied in the
         following order:

         o        if any other PRINCIPAL SHARING SERIES is outstanding and
                  in its AMORTIZATION PERIOD, deposited in the COLLECTION
                  ACCOUNT to be applied, if necessary, as SHARED PRINCIPAL
                  COLLECTIONS on the related DISTRIBUTION DATE, and

         o        paid to the holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE if the
                  TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, minus the interest represented by any
                  SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, is greater than the REQUIRED
                  RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT after all PRINCIPAL
                  RECEIVABLES have been transferred to the trust on that
                  day. Otherwise, funds will be deposited in the SPECIAL
                  FUNDING ACCOUNT until the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, minus the
                  interest represented by any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, is
                  at least equal to the REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR
                  AMOUNT.

These amounts will be paid to the holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
during a MONTHLY PERIOD subject to the obligation of the transferor to make
an amount equal to the REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for each
MONTHLY PERIOD available on the related DISTRIBUTION DATE.

         Early Amortization Period.  For each date of processing during the
EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD, the servicer will allocate:

         o        to Series 2000-__ certificateholders and deposit in the
                  COLLECTION ACCOUNT an amount equal to the product of:

                  -        the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE on that date
                           of processing, and

                  -        the total amount of collections of FINANCE
                           CHARGE RECEIVABLES on that date of processing,
                           and

         o        to Series 2000-__ certificateholders and deposit in the
                  COLLECTION ACCOUNT an
                  amount equal to the product of:

                  -        the PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE on that date
                           of processing, and

                  -        the total amount of collections of PRINCIPAL
                           RECEIVABLES on that date of processing;

         except that after the date that collections equal to the INVESTED
         AMOUNT have been deposited in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT for payment
         to Series 2000-__ certificateholders, this amount will be applied
         in the following order:

         o        if any other PRINCIPAL SHARING SERIES is outstanding and
                  in its AMORTIZATION PERIOD, deposited in the COLLECTION
                  ACCOUNT to be applied, if necessary, as SHARED PRINCIPAL
                  COLLECTIONS on the related DISTRIBUTION DATE, and

         o        paid to the holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE if the
                  TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, minus the interest represented by any
                  SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, is greater than the REQUIRED
                  RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT after all PRINCIPAL
                  RECEIVABLES have been transferred to the trust on that
                  day. Otherwise funds will be deposited in the SPECIAL
                  FUNDING ACCOUNT.

         During the REVOLVING PERIOD and the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, the
servicer will allocate to Class A certificateholders and deposit in the
COLLECTION ACCOUNT on each TRANSFER DATE an amount equal to the sum of:

         o        the amount equal to:

                  -        the lesser of:

         o        the sum of:

                  -        the product of (1) the FLOATING ALLOCATION
                           PERCENTAGE for the preceding MONTHLY PERIOD and
                           (2) the total amount of collections of FINANCE
                           CHARGE RECEIVABLES for the related MONTHLY
                           PERIOD,

                  -        the amount of EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
                           allocated to Series 2000-__ for the related
                           MONTHLY PERIOD, and

                  -        the amount of EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE
                           COLLECTIONS allocated to Series 2000-__ for the
                           related MONTHLY PERIOD, and

         o        the total of the amounts to be paid on the related
                  DISTRIBUTION DATE described under "--Application of
                  Collections--Payment of Interest, Fees and Other Items,"
                  less

                  -        the daily amounts retained in the COLLECTION
                           ACCOUNT during the related MONTHLY PERIOD as
                           described above for the REVOLVING PERIOD and the
                           ACCUMULATION PERIOD, respectively,

         o        the excess of the amount of REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL
                  COLLECTIONS over the amount of collections of PRINCIPAL
                  RECEIVABLES retained in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT as
                  described above for the REVOLVING PERIOD and the
                  ACCUMULATION PERIOD,

         o        an amount equal to the portion allocable to Series
                  2000-__ of shortfalls in amounts payable from collections
                  of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES relating to other series in
                  GROUP I. This amount cannot exceed the EXCESS FINANCE
                  CHARGE COLLECTIONS for the related DISTRIBUTION DATE,

         o        an amount equal to the amount of SHARED PRINCIPAL
                  COLLECTIONS to be applied for the benefit of other
                  PRINCIPAL SHARING SERIES from amounts that were
                  originally allocated to Series 2000-__ not to exceed:

                  -        during the REVOLVING PERIOD, the PRINCIPAL
                           ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of collections of
                           PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for the related MONTHLY
                           PERIOD, or

                  -        during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, the PRINCIPAL
                           ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of collections of
                           PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for the related MONTHLY
                           PERIOD less the amount of those collections
                           applied to pay CLASS A PRINCIPAL on the related
                           DISTRIBUTION DATE, and

         o        the amount of SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS to
                  be applied to make payments of CLASS A PRINCIPAL and
                  CLASS B PRINCIPAL on the related DISTRIBUTION DATE.

         On the CLOSING DATE, DHRC will make a deposit to the COLLECTION
ACCOUNT in the amount of $[ ] to be allocated to the Series 2000-__
certificates and applied as AVAILABLE SERIES 2000-__ FINANCE CHARGE
COLLECTIONS.

ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL CERTIFICATES

         During the REVOLVING PERIOD, the transferor may, subject to
certain conditions, cause the trustee to issue additional certificates.
When issued, the additional certificates will be identical in all material
respects to the other outstanding certificates and will be entitled to the
benefits of the POOLING AGREEMENT and the SERIES 2000-__ SUPPLEMENT.

         Upon any additional issuance:

         o        the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT and the CLASS B INVESTED
                  AMOUNT each shall be increased proportionately, and

         o        the CLASS A CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION AMOUNT shall be
                  increased to reflect any additional principal amount of
                  Class A certificates represented by the additional
                  certificates.

         Additional certificates will be issued under the following
conditions:

         o        before the date they are issued, the transferor will have
                  given the trustee, the servicer and the rating agencies
                  notice of the date and terms of the additional issuance,

         o        the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES will equal or
                  exceed the REQUIRED PRINCIPAL BALANCE after the
                  additional issuance,

         o        the transferor will have received written notice from
                  each rating agency that the additional issuance will not
                  cause a RATINGS EFFECT,

         o        the transferor will have delivered to the trustee a
                  certificate which states that, the transferor believes
                  that the additional issuance will not have a material
                  adverse effect on the Class A certificates or Class B
                  certificates,

         o        as of the date of the additional issuance, the amount of
                  unreimbursed CLASS A INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS and CLASS B
                  INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS shall be zero, and

         o        the transferor will have delivered to the trustee a tax
                  opinion relating to the additional issuance.

PAIRED SERIES

         The Series 2000-__ certificates may be paired with one or more
other series. The paired series either:

         o        will be prefunded with an initial deposit in a
                  PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT up to the initial principal balance
                  of that paired series, or

         o        will have a variable principal amount.

Any PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT will be for the benefit of the paired series. As
principal is paid to the Series 2000-__ certificates, either:

         o        in the case of a prefunded paired series, an equal amount
                  of funds on deposit in any PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT for that
                  paired series will be released to DHRC, or

         o        in the case of a paired series with a variable principal
                  amount, an interest in that paired series up to the
                  amount paid to your series may be sold by the trust.

         The invested amount in the trust of that paired series will
increase by an amount equal to the principal paid on your series. Upon
payment of the Series 2000-__ certificates, assuming no unreimbursed
charge-offs for any related paired series, the total invested amount of the
related paired series will have been increased by an amount up to the total
amount paid to Series 2000-__ certificateholders since the issuance of that
paired series.

EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

         The REVOLVING PERIOD shall continue until the earlier of:

         o        the start of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, or

         o        the occurrence of an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT.

The following chart indicates whether each EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT is an
event which automatically triggers an EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD or an event
which requires the vote of a majority of the certificateholders or the
trustee to trigger an EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 REQUIRES A        AUTOMATICALLY
                                                                                              MAJORITY VOTE OF    CAUSES AN EARLY
                                                                                             CERTIFICATEHOLDERS   AMORTIZATION OF
EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS                                                                      OR THE TRUSTEE     SERIES 2000-__
- -------------------------
                                                                                             ------------------- ------------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>                 <C>
1.   The transferor fails to make a payment or deposit when required to                              X
     under the POOLING AGREEMENT or the SERIES 2000-___ SUPPLEMENT within
     five business days after the required date.

2.   The sale, pledge, assignment or transfer by the transferor or grant of                          X
     any lien on any receivable other than as permitted under the POOLING
     AGREEMENT or the SERIES 2000-__ SUPPLEMENT.

3.   The transferor fails to observe or perform any covenant or agreement                            X
     and that failure has a material adverse effect on you and the
     failure continues unremedied for 60 days after written notice to the
     transferor.

4.   The transferor makes a representation or warranty in the POOLING AGREEMENT or                   X
     the SERIES 2000-___ SUPPLEMENT that was materially incorrect when made and that
     continues to be materially incorrect for 60 days after written notice to the
     transferor and as a result you are materially and adversely affected, unless the
     transferor accepts designation of the related receivables as INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES.

5.   The average of the PORTFOLIO YIELDS for three consecutive MONTHLY                                                      X
     PERIODs is less than the average of the BASE RATES for the same
     period.

6.   DHCC or the transferor fails to transfer receivables under ADDITIONAL                                                  X
     ACCOUNTS or PARTICIPATIONS when required under the POOLING AGREEMENT
     or the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT is less than 5% of the initial INVESTED
     AMOUNT.

7.   A SERVICER DEFAULT occurs which has a material adverse effect on you.                           X

8.   Any of RNB, DHCC or any holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE or the transferor                                         X
     admits in writing its inability to pay its debts, or is subject to a
     bankruptcy proceeding that with respect to the transferor or any
     holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE is in effect and not dismissed
     for 60 days or enters receivership or conservatorship or otherwise becomes
     subject to an insolvency event.

9.   The transferor becomes unable to transfer receivables to the trust in accordance                                       X
     with the POOLING AGREEMENT.

10.  The trust becomes subject to regulation as an "investment company" under the                                           X
     Investment Company Act.

11.  The amount in the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT as a percentage of the sum                                                   X
     of (1) the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES plus (2) the
     balance of the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT, shall equal or exceed 30% on
     the last day of three consecutive MONTHLY PERIODS.

12.  The TRANSFEROR AMOUNT is less than the REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT.                                            X

</TABLE>


SERVICING FEES AND EXPENSES

         The MONTHLY SERVICING FEE allocable to your series shall equal
one-twelfth of the product of:

         o         2%, and

         o        an amount equal to:

                  -        the sum of the CLASS A ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT
                           and the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT at the end of
                           the MONTHLY PERIOD second preceding the related
                           DISTRIBUTION DATE, minus

                  -        the product of the amount, if any, on deposit in
                           the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT as of the last day
                           of the MONTHLY PERIOD second preceding that
                           DISTRIBUTION DATE and the FLOATING ALLOCATION
                           PERCENTAGE for that MONTHLY PERIOD.

         The portion of the MONTHLY SERVICING FEE allocable to Class A
certificateholders is the CLASS A SERVICING FEE. The portion of the MONTHLY
SERVICING FEE allocable to Class B certificateholders is the CLASS B
SERVICING FEE. The remainder of the servicing fee will be paid from amounts
allocable to the holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE, holders of
PARTICIPATIONS or the certificateholders of other series. The trust, the
trustee or the Series 2000-__ certificateholders will not be liable for the
share of the servicing fee to be paid from amounts allocable to the holder
of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE, holders of PARTICIPATIONS or the
certificateholders of any other series.

DEFEASANCE

         On any date before the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD that:

         o        the transferor has deposited:

                  -        in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT, an amount
                           equal to the outstanding principal balance of
                           the Class A certificates, and

                  -        in the RESERVE ACCOUNT, an amount equal to or
                           greater than the CLASS A COVERED AMOUNT, as
                           estimated by the transferor, for the period from
                           the date of the deposit to the PRINCIPAL FUNDING
                           ACCOUNT through the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL
                           PAYMENT DATE,

         o        the transferor has delivered to the trustee an opinion of
                  counsel that the deposit and termination of obligations
                  will not result in the trust being required to register
                  as an "investment company" within the meaning of the
                  Investment Company Act and that following the deposit
                  none of the trust, the RESERVE ACCOUNT or the PRINCIPAL
                  FUNDING ACCOUNT will be considered to be an association,
                  or publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation,

         o        the transferor has delivered to the trustee, a
                  certificate of an officer of the transferor stating that
                  it believes that the deposit and termination of its
                  obligations will not constitute an EARLY AMORTIZATION
                  EVENT or any event that would cause an EARLY AMORTIZATION
                  EVENT to occur, and

        o         a RATINGS EFFECT has not occurred;

then the Series 2000-__ certificates will no longer be entitled to the
security interest of the trust in the receivables and, except those set
forth in the first bullet above, the other trust assets, and the INVESTOR
PERCENTAGES applicable to the allocation to the Series 2000-__
certificateholders of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES, FINANCE CHARGE
RECEIVABLES and the DEFAULTED AMOUNT will be reduced to zero. Upon the
satisfaction of these conditions, the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be
reduced to zero.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

         The Class A certificates may be repurchased by the transferor
after the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT is less than or equal to 10% of the CLASS
A INITIAL INVESTED AMOUNT. The purchase price for the Class A certificates
will equal:

         o         the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT, plus

         o        accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal
                  amount of the Class A certificates through the day
                  preceding that DISTRIBUTION DATE at the CLASS A
                  CERTIFICATE RATE.

PURCHASE OF CLASS A CERTIFICATES BY THE TRANSFEROR

         The transferor may purchase Class A certificates in the secondary
market and request that the trustee cancel those Class A certificates and
reduce the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT by a corresponding amount.

SERIES TERMINATION

         RNB will solicit bids for the sale of some of the PRINCIPAL
RECEIVABLES together with the related FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES if the
INVESTED AMOUNT is greater than zero on the DISTRIBUTION DATE two months
before the SERIES 2000-___ TERMINATION DATE. The amount of receivables to
be sold will not be more than 110% of the INVESTED AMOUNT on the SERIES
2000-__ TERMINATION DATE. DHRC will be allowed to participate in, and to
receive a copy of, each bid submitted in connection with any bidding
process. RNB will determine:

         o        which bid is the highest cash purchase offer, and

         o        the amount of collections that will be available in the
                  COLLECTION ACCOUNT on the SERIES 2000-__ TERMINATION DATE
                  for distribution to you.

         RNB will sell these receivables on the SERIES 2000-__ TERMINATION
DATE to the bidder who provided the highest cash bid and will deposit the
proceeds in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT for allocation to your certificates. You
will incur a loss if the proceeds of the sale, together with the amount of
collections available in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT, are less than the CLASS A
ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT plus accrued and unpaid interest on your
certificates.

                            GENERAL INFORMATION

         Copies of the POOLING AGREEMENT, the SERIES 2000-___ SUPPLEMENT,
the annual report of independent certified public accountants described in
"The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Evidence as to Compliance" in the
attached prospectus, the documents listed under "Where You Can Find More
Information" and the reports to certificateholders referred to under
"Reports to Certificateholders" and "Description of the
Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders" in the attached prospectus may
be obtained ___________. Financial information regarding DHRC is included
in the consolidated financial statements of ___________ in its Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended [December 31, 1999].

         The certificates, the POOLING AGREEMENT and the SERIES 2000-___
SUPPLEMENT are governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.


                                UNDERWRITING

         DHRC has agreed to sell to the underwriters listed below the
amount of Class A certificates indicated next to each underwriter's name.
Each underwriter has agreed to purchase that amount of the Class A
certificates.



                                                            PRINCIPAL
                                                            AMOUNT OF
                                                             CLASS A
              UNDERWRITERS                                 CERTIFICATES
              -------------                            --------------------
 ....................................................   $
 ....................................................
 ....................................................
 ....................................................
                                                       --------------------
         Total......................................   $
                                                       ====================


         The purchase commitment of the underwriters may be increased or
ended if any underwriter defaults. The price to public, underwriters'
discounts and commission, the concessions that the underwriters may allow
to some dealers, and the discounts that those dealers may reallow to other
dealers, each expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the
Class A certificates, shall be as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  UNDERWRITING             SELLING
                                              PRICE TO            DISCOUNT AND          CONCESSIONS,          REALLOWANCE
                                               PUBLIC              COMMISSIONS          NOT TO EXCEED        NOT TO EXCEED
                                          -----------------     -----------------     -----------------    ------------------
<S>                                       <C>                   <C>                   <C>                  <C>
Class A certificates.....................               %                     %                    %                      %

</TABLE>

         After the offering is completed, DHRC will receive the proceeds,
after deduction of the underwriting and other expenses, listed below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               PROCEEDS TO
                                                                                   DHRC
                                                                               (AS % OF THE
                                                                             PRINCIPAL AMOUNT            UNDERWRITING
                                                     PROCEEDS TO              OF THE CLASS A            DISCOUNTS AND
                                                         DHRC                 CERTIFICATES)              COMMISSIONS
                                                ----------------------    ----------------------    ----------------------
<S>                                             <C>                         <C>                     <C>
Class A certificates..........................  $                                              %    $

</TABLE>

         After the public offering, the public offering price and other
selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Additional offering
expenses are estimated to be $________.

         Any underwriter may engage in the following transactions, to the
extent permitted by Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act:

         o        over-allotment transactions, which involve syndicate
                  sales in excess of the offering size creating a syndicate
                  short position,

         o        stabilizing transactions, which permit bids to purchase
                  the Class A certificates so long as the stabilizing bids
                  do not exceed a specified maximum,

         o        syndicate covering transactions, which involve purchases
                  of the Class A certificates in the open market after the
                  distribution has been completed to cover syndicate short
                  positions, and

         o        penalty bids, which permit the underwriters to reclaim a
                  selling concession from a syndicate member when the Class
                  A certificates originally sold by the syndicate member
                  are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction.

         The use of the above transactions may cause the price of the Class
A certificates to be higher than it would otherwise be. These transactions,
if or once commenced, may be stopped without notice.

         Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

         o        it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or
                  pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it
                  in connection with the issue of the Class A certificates
                  to a person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3)
                  of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
                  Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996, as amended, or
                  who is a person to whom the document may otherwise
                  lawfully be issued or passed on,

         o        it has complied and will comply with all provisions of
                  the Financial Services Act 1986 and other laws and
                  regulations for anything done by it which apply to the
                  Class A certificates in, from or otherwise involving the
                  United Kingdom, and

         o        if that underwriter is an authorized person under the
                  Financial Services Act 1986, it has only promoted and
                  will only promote, as that term is defined in Regulation
                  1.02 of the Financial Services (Promotion of Unregulated
                  Schemes) Regulations 1991, to any person in the United
                  Kingdom the scheme described in this prospectus
                  supplement if that person is of a kind described either
                  in Section 76(2) of the Financial Services Act 1986 or in
                  Regulation 1.04 of the Financial Services (Promotion of
                  Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991.

         DHRC may indemnify the underwriters against liabilities which
include liabilities under the securities laws. DHRC may also contribute to
payments the underwriters may be required to make on these liabilities.

         The underwriters and their respective affiliates have engaged and
may in the future engage in investment banking or commercial banking
transactions with DHCC, DHRC and their affiliates.

                    OTHER SERIES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING

         The trust has previously issued three other series that remain
outstanding. The table below discusses the principal characteristics of
these series. For more specific information relating to any series, any
prospective investor should contact the transferor at (612) 370-6530. The
transferor will provide, without charge, to any prospective purchaser of
the certificates, a copy of the disclosure documents for any previous
publicly issued series.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SERIES 1996-1 VARIABLE FUNDING CERTIFICATES
<S>                                                                    <C>
Class A Invested Amount as of [pricing date for Series 2000-___].....................................$[100,000,000]
Class A Maximum Investment Amount....................................................................$[100,000,000]
Class B Invested Amount as of [pricing date for Series 2000-___]......................................$[17,647,059]
Certificate Rate...........................................................................................Variable
Commencement of Amortization Period......................................[January 26, 2001] (subject to adjustment)
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage..................................................................................2%
Scheduled Series Termination Date.........................................December 25, 2001 (subject to adjustment)
Series Issuance Date................................................................................August 28, 1996
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SERIES 1997-1

1.  CLASS A CERTIFICATES
<S>                                                            <C>
Class A Initial Invested Amount........................................................................$400,000,000
Certificate Rate..............................................................................................6.25%
Class A Controlled Accumulation Amount...............................................................$33,333,333.34
Commencement of Accumulation Period.........................................October 7, 2001 (subject to adjustment)
Annual Servicing Fee Rate........................................................................................2%
Credit Support..................................................Subordination of Series 1997-1 Class B Certificates
Class A Expected Final Payment Date................................................................October 25, 2002
Scheduled Series Termination Date...................................................................August 25, 2005
Series Issuance Date...............................................................................October 15, 1997

2.  CLASS B CERTIFICATES

Class B Initial Invested Amount........................................................................$122,875,817
Annual Servicing Fee Rate........................................................................................2%
Scheduled Series Termination Date...................................................................August 25, 2005
Series Issuance Date...............................................................................October 15, 1997
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SERIES 1998-1

1.  CLASS A CERTIFICATES
<S>                                                          <C>
Class A Initial Invested Amount........................................................................$400,000,000
Certificate Rate..............................................................................................5.90%
Class A Controlled Accumulation Amount...............................................................$33,333,333.34
Commencement of Accumulation Period............................................July 7, 2002 (subject to adjustment)
Annual Servicing Fee Rate........................................................................................2%
Credit Support..................................................Subordination of Series 1998-1 Class B Certificates
Class A Expected Final Payment Date...................................................................July 25, 2003
Scheduled Series Termination Date......................................................................May 25, 2006
Series Issuance Date................................................................................August 12, 1998

2.  CLASS B CERTIFICATES

Class B Initial Invested Amount........................................................................$122,875,817
Annual Servicing Fee Rate........................................................................................2%
Scheduled Series Termination Date......................................................................May 25, 2006
Series Issuance Date................................................................................August 12, 1998

</TABLE>



                GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

         "ACCUMULATION PERIOD" means for Series 2000-__, the period:

         o        beginning on the first day of the _____ 20___ Monthly
                  Period, and

         o        ending on the earliest of:

                  -        the date an Early Amortization Event occurs,

                  -        the end of the _____ 20___ Monthly Period, and

                  -        the Trust Termination Date; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables up to the Class A
Invested Amount are accumulated in a Principal Funding Account for payment
to Class A certificateholders on the Class A Expected Final Payment Date.

         "ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT" means for any business day, an amount
equal to:

         o        the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount on that day, plus

         o        the Class B Invested Amount on that day.

         "AVAILABLE RESERVE ACCOUNT AMOUNT" equals for any Transfer Date,
the lesser of:

         o        the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account, before any
                  deposits or withdrawals to that account on that date, and

         o        the Required Reserve Account Amount on that date.

         "AVAILABLE SERIES 2000-__ FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means for
any Distribution Date, the sum of:

         o        the Floating Allocation Percentage of collections of
                  Finance Charge Receivables
                  from the preceding Monthly Period,

         o        any available investment earnings on amounts on deposit
                  in the Principal Funding Account and the Reserve Account,
                  and

         o        the lesser of the Principal Funding Investment Shortfall
                  and the Available Reserve Account Amount for the related
                  Monthly Period

allocated and distributed to Series 2000-__ as indicated under "Description
of the Class A Certificates-- Application of Collections."

         "AVAILABLE SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means for any Monthly
Period, Shared Principal Collections available to be allocated to the
Series 2000-__ certificates from each other series that has a controlled or
scheduled amortization or accumulation period beginning after the ________
Distribution Date.

         "BASE RATE" means for any Monthly Period, the annualized
percentage equivalent of the sum of:

         o        a fraction:

                  -        whose numerator is the sum of the Class A
                           Monthly Interest, and the Class B Monthly
                           Interest for the related Interest Period, and

                  -        whose denominator is the Invested Amount on the
                           last business day of that Monthly Period, and

         o        a fraction:

                  -        whose numerator is the Monthly Servicing Fee for
                           that Monthly Period, and

                  -        whose denominator is the Invested Amount on the
                           last business day of the preceding Monthly
                           Period.

         "CARRYOVER CLASS A INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date:

         o        any Class A Monthly Interest due but not paid on any
                  previous Distribution Date, plus

         o        any Class A Additional Interest.

         "CARRYOVER CLASS B INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date:

         o        any Class B Monthly Interest due but not paid on any
                  previous Distribution Date, plus

         o        any Class B Additional Interest.

         "CARRYOVER INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date, the sum of
Carryover Class A Interest and Carryover Class B Interest.

         "CLASS A ADDITIONAL INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date, an
amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of:

         o        the excess, if any, of Class A Monthly Interest for the
                  preceding Distribution Date over the amount available to
                  be paid to Class A certificateholders relating to
                  interest on that preceding Distribution Date, and

         o        the sum of the Class A Certificate Rate plus 2% per
                  annum.

         "CLASS A ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT" means for any business day, an
amount equal to:

         o        the Class A Invested Amount, minus

         o        the total amount on deposit in the Principal Funding
                  Account on that day.

         "CLASS A CERTIFICATE RATE" means a rate of ____% per annum.

         "CLASS A CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION AMOUNT" means for any
Distribution Date during the Accumulation Period, $__________; except if
the servicer postpones the start of the Accumulation Period:

         o        the Class A Controlled Accumulation Amount will exceed
                  the amount stated above and will be determined by the
                  servicer according to the Pooling Agreement, and

         o        the sum of the Class A Controlled Accumulation Amounts
                  for all Distribution Dates for that modified Accumulation
                  Period shall not be less than the Class A Invested
                  Amount.

This amount may be increased if the trust issues additional certificates.

         "CLASS A CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT" means for any Distribution
Date during the Accumulation Period, an amount equal to:

         o        the Class A Controlled Accumulation Amount, plus

         o        any Class A Deficit Controlled Accumulation Amount for
                  the preceding Distribution Date.

         "CLASS A COVERED AMOUNT" equals for any Interest Period,
one-twelfth of the product of:

         o        the Class A Certificate Rate for that Interest Period,
                  and

         o        the balance of the Principal Funding Account on the first
                  day of that Interest Period.

         "CLASS A DEFICIT CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION AMOUNT" means on each
Distribution Date during the Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of:

         o        the Class A Controlled Deposit Amount for that
                  Distribution Date over

         o        the amount distributed from the Collection Account as
                  Class A Principal for that Distribution Date.

         "CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE" means the ________
Distribution Date.

         "CLASS A FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

         o        whose numerator equals the Class A Adjusted Invested
                  Amount on the last business day of:

                  -        the preceding Monthly Period, or in the case of
                           the first Monthly Period, the Closing Date,
                           during the Revolving Period or the Accumulation
                           Period for collections of Finance Charge
                           Receivables and at all times for Defaulted
                           Amounts, and

                  -        the Monthly Period before an Early Amortization
                           Event occurs during the Early Amortization
                           Period for collections of Finance Charge
                           Receivables, and

         o        whose denominator equals the greater of:

                  -        the sum of Principal Receivables in the trust
                           and any amount on deposit in the Special Funding
                           Account on the last business day of the same
                           Monthly Period used to determine the numerator,
                           and

                  -        the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
                           applicable allocation percentages for
                           collections of Finance Charge Receivables for
                           all classes of all series and Participations
                           then outstanding.

         "CLASS A INITIAL INVESTED AMOUNT" means $_____.

         "CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT" means for any date, an amount equal to:

         o         the Class A Initial Invested Amount, minus

         o        the total amount of principal paid to Class A
                  certificateholders before that date, minus

         o        the excess, if any, of the total amount of Class A
                  Investor Charge-Offs for all previous Distributions Dates
                  over the total amount of any reimbursements of Class A
                  Investor Charge-Offs for all Distribution Dates before
                  that date, plus

         o        the amount of any increase in the Class A Invested Amount
                  because of the issuance of additional certificates, minus

         o        the amount of any reduction in the Class A Invested
                  Amount because of the purchase by the transferor and
                  later cancellation of Class A certificates.

         "CLASS A INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF" means for any Monthly Period, the
amount by which the Class A Invested Amount is reduced after the Class B
Invested Amount has been reduced to zero because of Investor Charge-Offs
resulting from the allocation of the Investor Defaulted Amount and the
Series 2000-__ Allocation Percentage of any unpaid Adjustment Payments.

         "CLASS A INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT" means a portion of the
Investor Defaulted Amount that is allocated to Class A certificateholders
on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the product of:

         o        the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage for the
                  related Monthly Period, and

         o        the Defaulted Amount for that Monthly Period.

         "CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date, an
amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of:

         o         the Class A Certificate Rate, and

         o        the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
                  certificates on the last business day of the preceding
                  Monthly Period;

except for the initial Distribution Date, Class A Monthly Interest will
equal $__________.

         "CLASS A PERCENTAGE" means the percentage equivalent of a
fraction:

         o        whose numerator is the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount,
                  and

         o        whose denominator is the Series Invested Amount.

         "CLASS A PRINCIPAL" for any Distribution Date relating to the
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period will equal the sum of:

         o        an amount equal to the product of the Principal
                  Allocation Percentage and the total amount of collections
                  of Principal Receivables for the preceding Monthly
                  Period,

         o        any amount on deposit in the Special Funding Account that
                  is distributable to the Class A certificates for the
                  preceding Monthly Period,

         o        the amount, if any, that is allocated to the Class A
                  certificates as described under "Description of the Class
                  A Certificates--Application of Collections--Payment of
                  Interest, Fees and Other Items,"

         o        the amount of Shared Principal Collections allocated to
                  the Class A certificates for the preceding Monthly
                  Period, and

         o        the amount of Shared Transferor Principal Collections
                  allocated to the Class A certificates for the preceding
                  Monthly Period;

except for:

         o        any Distribution Date during the Accumulation Period,
                  Class A Principal may not exceed the Class A Controlled
                  Deposit Amount for that Distribution Date,

         o        any Distribution Date, Class A Principal may not exceed
                  the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, and

         o        the Series 2000-__ Termination Date, Class A Principal
                  shall be an amount equal to the Class A Adjusted Invested
                  Amount.

         "CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT" means the amount required to be paid for
the benefit of the Class A certificates described under "Description of the
Class A Certificates--Reallocation of Cash Flows."

         "CLASS A SERVICING FEE" means the share of the Monthly Servicing
Fee allocable to Class A certificateholders for any Distribution Date equal
to the product of:

         o         the Class A Percentage, and

         o         the Monthly Servicing Fee;

except for the first Distribution Date, the Class A Servicing Fee
will be $_______.

         "CLASS B ADDITIONAL INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date on
and after the setting of an interest rate for the Class B certificates, an
amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of:

         o        the excess, if any, of Class B Monthly Interest for the
                  preceding Distribution Date over the amount available to
                  be paid to Class B certificateholders relating to
                  interest on that preceding Distribution Date, and

         o        the sum of the interest rate set for the Class B
                  certificates plus 2% per annum.

         "CLASS B FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

         o        whose numerator equals the Class B Invested Amount on the
                  last business day of:

                  -        the preceding Monthly Period, or in the case of
                           the first Monthly Period, the Closing Date,
                           during the Revolving Period or the Accumulation
                           Period for collections of Finance Charge
                           Receivables and during any period for Defaulted
                           Amounts, and

                  -        the Monthly Period before an Early Amortization
                           Event occurs during the Early Amortization
                           Period for collections of Finance Charge
                           Receivables, and

         o        whose denominator equals the greater of:

                  -        the sum of Principal Receivables in the trust
                           and any amount on deposit in the Special Funding
                           Account on the last business day of the same
                           Monthly Period used to determine the numerator,
                           and

                  -        the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
                           applicable allocation percentages for
                           collections of Finance Charge Receivables for
                           all classes of all series and Participations
                           then outstanding.

         "CLASS B INITIAL INVESTED AMOUNT" means $______.

         "CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT" means for any date, an amount equal to:

         o        the Class B Initial Invested Amount, minus

         o        the total amount of principal paid to Class B
                  certificateholders before that date, minus

         o        the total amount of Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all
                  previous Distribution Dates, minus

         o        the total amount of Reallocated Class B Principal
                  Collections for all previous Distribution Dates for which
                  the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced for those
                  previous dates, plus

         o        the sum of any reimbursed Class B Investor Charge-Offs
                  and Reallocated Class B Principal Collections, plus

         o        the amount of any increase in the Class B Invested Amount
                  because of the issuance of additional certificates.

         "CLASS B INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF" means for any Monthly Period, the
amount by which the Class B Invested Amount is reduced because of Investor
Charge-Offs resulting from the application of Reallocated Principal
Collections and the allocation of the Investor Defaulted Amount, and the
Series 2000-__ Allocation Percentage of any unpaid Adjustment Payments in
excess of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections.

         "CLASS B INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT" means a portion of the
Investor Defaulted Amount that is allocated to Class B certificateholders
on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the product of:

         o        the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage for the
                  related Monthly Period, and

         o        the Defaulted Amount for that Monthly Period.

         "CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST" means, initially, zero. However, DHRC
may, after issuing the Series 2000-__ certificates, set an interest rate
for the Class B certificates without the consent of Class A
certificateholders.

         "CLASS B PERCENTAGE" means the percentage equivalent of a
fraction:

         o        whose numerator is the Class B Invested Amount, and

         o        whose denominator is the Series Invested Amount.

         "CLASS B PRINCIPAL" for any Distribution Date relating to the
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, on or after the
Distribution Date on which the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full,
will equal the lesser of:

         o        the sum of:

                  -        an amount equal to the product of the Principal
                           Allocation Percentage and collections of
                           Principal Receivables minus the amount of
                           Reallocated Class B Principal Collections for
                           the preceding Monthly Period,

                  -        any amount on deposit in the Special Funding
                           Account that is distributable to the Class B
                           certificates for the preceding Monthly Period,

                  -        the amount, if any, that is allocated to the
                           Class B certificates as described under
                           "Description of the Class A
                           Certificates--Application of
                           Collections--Payment of Interest, Fees and Other
                           Items,"

                  -        the amount, if any, of principal allocable to
                           the Class A certificates for the payment of
                           Class A Principal, but remaining after
                           distributions have been made to Class A
                           certificateholders,

                  -        the amount of Shared Principal Collections
                           allocated to the Class B certificates for the
                           preceding Monthly Period, and

                  -        the amount of Shared Transferor Principal
                           Collections allocated to the Class B
                           certificates for the preceding Monthly Period,
                           and

         o        the Class B Invested Amount;

except for the Series 2000-__ Termination Date, Class B Principal shall be
an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount.

         "CLASS B SERVICING FEE" means the share of the Monthly Servicing
Fee allocable to Class B certificateholders for any Distribution Date equal
to the product of:

         o        the Class B Percentage, and

         o        the Monthly Servicing Fee;

except for the first Distribution Date, the Class B Servicing Fee will be
$_______.

         "CLOSING DATE" means _______ ___, 2000.

         "DISTRIBUTION DATE" means the 25th day of each month, or if the
25th day is not a business day, the next business day.

         "EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT" means any of the events described under
"Description of the Class A Certificates--Early Amortization Events."

         "EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD" means for Series 2000-__, the period:

         o        beginning on the earlier of the day an Early Amortization
                  Event occurs or the Class A Expected Final Payment Date
                  if the Class A Invested Amount has not been paid in full
                  on that date, and

         o        ending on the earlier of:

                  -        the date the Invested Amount has been paid in
                           full, and

                  -        the Series 2000-__ Termination Date; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables allocable to Series
2000-__ will be paid on each Special Payment Date to certificateholders.

         "FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means the Class A Floating
Allocation Percentage plus the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage.

         "GROUP I" means the group of series under the trust to which the
Series 2000-__ certificates belong.

         "INTEREST PERIOD" means in relation to any Distribution Date, the
period from the previous Distribution Date through the day before that
Distribution Date, except the first Interest Period begins on the Closing
Date and ends on the day before the first Distribution Date.

         "INVESTED AMOUNT" means the sum of the Class A Invested Amount and
the Class B Invested Amount.

         "INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF" means for any Monthly Period for Series
2000-__ the sum of the Class A Investor Charge-Offs and the Class B
Investor Charge-Offs.

         "INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT" means for any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the product of the Defaulted Amount and the Floating
Allocation Percentage as of the related Distribution Date.

         "MONTHLY INTEREST" means Class A Monthly Interest and Class B
Monthly Interest.

         "MONTHLY SERVICING FEE" means for any Distribution Date, the
amount determined as described under "Description of the Class A
Certificates--Servicing Fees and Expenses."

         "PORTFOLIO YIELD" means for any Monthly Period, the annualized
percentage equivalent of a fraction:

         o        whose numerator is the sum of:

                  -        the total amount of Available Series 2000-__
                           Finance Charge Collections for that Monthly
                           Period, minus

                  -        the total Investor Defaulted Amount for that
                           Monthly Period and the Series 2000-__ Allocation
                           Percentage of any Adjustment Payments not made
                           on or before the related Distribution Date, and

         o        whose denominator is the Invested Amount as of the last
                  business day of the preceding Monthly Period.

         "PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means for any Monthly Period,
the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

         o        whose numerator equals:

                  -        during the Revolving Period, the Invested Amount
                           as of the last day of the immediately preceding
                           Monthly Period, and

                  -        during the Accumulation Period, the Invested
                           Amount as of the last day of the Revolving
                           Period;

                  provided that on the date of issuance of any new series
                  during the Accumulation Period, this amount may be
                  reduced by DHRC to an amount not less than the greater
                  of:

                  o        the Adjusted Invested Amount on that date, and

                  o        the amount that would result in a Principal
                           Allocation Percentage that when multiplied by
                           collections of Principal Receivables for the
                           preceding Monthly Period would equal:

                  -        the Class A Controlled Deposit Amount for that
                           Monthly Period plus 10% of the Class A
                           Controlled Accumulation Amount or, if that date
                           is on or after the Class A Expected Final
                           Payment Date and the Class A Invested Amount has
                           been paid in full, the Class B Invested Amount,
                           minus

                  -        the amount of any Available Shared Principal
                           Collections for that Monthly Period, and

                  -        during the Early Amortization Period, the
                           Invested Amount as of the last day of the
                           Revolving Period or, if less, the last numerator
                           used to calculate the Principal Allocation
                           Percentage in the Accumulation Period, if any,
                           and

        o         whose denominator equals the greater of:

                  -        if only one series is outstanding:

                  o        during the Revolving Period, the sum of the
                           total amount of Principal Receivables in the
                           trust and the principal amount on deposit in the
                           Special Funding Account as of the last day of
                           the immediately preceding Monthly Period, and

                  o        during the Accumulation Period and the Early
                           Amortization Period, the sum of the total amount
                           of Principal Receivables in the trust and the
                           principal amount on deposit in the Special
                           Funding Account as of the last day of the
                           Revolving Period, and

                           if more than one series is outstanding, the sum of:

                  o        the total amount of Principal Receivables in the
                           trust, plus

                  o        the principal amount on deposit in the Special
                           Funding Account as of the last day of the
                           immediately preceding Monthly Period, and

                  -        the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
                           Principal Allocation Percentages for all series
                           and Participations outstanding as of the date of
                           determination.

         "PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT" means an Eligible Deposit Account held
for the benefit of the Class A certificateholders in which collections of
Principal Receivables allocated to the Class A certificateholders are
accumulated during the Accumulation Period as described under "Description
of the Class A Certificates--Principal Funding Account."

         "PRINCIPAL FUNDING INVESTMENT PROCEEDS" means on each Distribution
Date during the Accumulation Period:

         o        the investment earnings on funds in the Principal Funding
                  Account, minus

         o        investment expenses and losses,

for the related Interest Period.

         "PRINCIPAL FUNDING INVESTMENT SHORTFALL" means for any
Distribution Date during the Accumulation Period, the deficiency that
occurs if the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds are less than the Class
A Covered Amount for the related Interest Period.

         "PRINCIPAL SHARING SERIES" means a series that, under the terms of
its Series Supplement, is entitled to receive Shared Principal Collections.

         "REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means for each Monthly
Period, collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the Class B
certificates for that Monthly Period in an amount not to exceed the greater
of:

         o        the Class B Invested Amount, and

         o        the amount applied to fund the Class A Required Amount,
                  if any.

         "RECORD DATE" means the last business day of the calendar month
preceding a Distribution Date which is the day a certificateholder must be
the registered holder of a certificate to receive a payment on that
Distribution Date.

         "REQUIRED AMOUNT" means for any Monthly Period, the amount by
which:

         o        the sum of (1) Monthly Interest and Carryover Interest,
                  (2) Monthly Servicing Fee, (3) the Investor Defaulted
                  Amount, (4) the Series 2000-__ Allocation Percentage of
                  Adjustment Payments not made on or before the related
                  Distribution Date, (5) unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs
                  and unreimbursed Reallocated Class B Principal
                  Collections and (6) the amount by which the Required
                  Reserve Account Amount is less than the Available Reserve
                  Account Amount, exceeds

         o        the Available Series 2000-__ Finance Charge Collections.

         "REQUIRED RESERVE ACCOUNT AMOUNT" means for any Distribution Date
on or after the Reserve Account Funding Date, an amount specified by the
transferor.

         "REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR'S PERCENTAGE" means 2% as may be
adjusted from time to time under the Series 2000-__ Supplement.

         "RESERVE ACCOUNT" means an Eligible Deposit Account in which the
servicer will deposit the Required Reserve Account Amount on or after the
Reserve Account Funding Date to provide additional funds from which to make
payments of interest on the certificates during the Accumulation Period.

         "RESERVE ACCOUNT FUNDING DATE" means the date specified by the
transferor for the start of funding of the Reserve Account.

         "SERIES 2000-__ ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means on any date of
determination, the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

         o        whose numerator is the Series Invested Amount, and

         o        whose denominator is the sum of the invested amounts, or
                  adjusted invested amounts, as applicable, of all then
                  outstanding series.

         "SERIES 2000-__ SUPPLEMENT" means the supplement to the Pooling
Agreement relating to the Series 2000-__ certificates.

         "SERIES 2000-__ TERMINATION DATE" means the ______ Distribution Date

         "SERIES INVESTED AMOUNT" means for any date, an amount equal to
the sum of the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount and the Class B Invested
Amount on that date.

         "SPECIAL PAYMENT DATE" means each Distribution Date following:

         o        the Monthly Period in which an Early Amortization Event
                  occurs, and

         o        the Class A Expected Final Payment Date.



==============================================================================



                           Prospectus Supplement


                   DAYTON HUDSON CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST


                               SERIES 2000-__

                              [$------------]
                                   [---%]
                                  CLASS A
                         ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES


                   DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                                 Transferor


                          RETAILERS NATIONAL BANK
                                  Servicer






         You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated
by reference in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus. We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

         We are not offering these certificates in any state where the
offer is not permitted.

         Dealers will deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus when
acting as underwriters of these certificates and with respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions. In addition, all dealers selling these
certificates will deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus until
________ ___, 2000.

==============================================================================



[START FLAG]

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We
cannot sell these securities until the registration statement filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not
an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy
these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

[END FLAG]

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 28, 2000
Prospectus

                   DAYTON HUDSON CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                                   Issuer

                   DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                                 Transferor

                          RETAILERS NATIONAL BANK
                                  Servicer

           ASSET BACKED SECURITIES


[START TEXT BOX]
A security is not a deposit and neither the securities nor the
underlying accounts or receivables are insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or
any other governmental agency.

The securities will represent an interest in the trusts only and do not
represent interests in or recourse obligations of Retailers National Bank,
Dayton Hudson Capital Corporation or Dayton Hudson Receivables Corporation
or any of their affiliates.

This prospectus may be
used to offer and sell any
series of securities only if
accompanied by the
prospectus supplement for
that series.

[END TEXT BOX]


THE TRUST--

o    may periodically issue asset backed certificates in one or more series
     with one or more classes, and

o    will own--
     o receivables in a portfolio of consumer open end credit card
       accounts,
     o payments due on those receivables, and
     o other property described in this prospectus and in the prospectus
       supplement.

THE SECURITIES--

o    will represent interests in the trust and will be paid only from the
     assets of the trust,

o    offered by this prospectus will be rated in one of the four highest
     rating categories by at least one nationally recognized statistical
     rating organization,

o    may have one or more forms of enhancement, and

o    will be issued as part of a series which may include one or more
     classes of securities and enhancement.

THE SECURITYHOLDERS--

o    will receive interest and principal payments from a varying percentage
     of credit card account collections.


     NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE
SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR
PASSED ON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE DISCLOSURES IN THIS PROSPECTUS
AND THE ATTACHED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                The date of this Prospectus is _______, 2000




                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page

OVERVIEW OF THE INFORMATION IN THIS
     PROSPECTUS AND THE PROSPECTUS
     SUPPLEMENT..............................................................4

THE DAYTON HUDSON CREDIT CARD
     MASTER TRUST............................................................5

DAYTON HUDSON CORPORATION....................................................5

RETAILERS NATIONAL BANK......................................................6

DAYTON HUDSON CAPITAL CORPORATION............................................6

DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION........................................6

RETAILERS NATIONAL BANK'S CREDIT CARD
     BUSINESS................................................................7
     Credit Card Business....................................................7
     DHC Guest Credit........................................................7
     Marketing Programs and Account
         Origination.........................................................8
     RNB's Underwriting Processes and
         Authorizations......................................................8
     Servicing of Accounts...................................................9
     Delinquency and Collections Procedures
         for RNB Credit Cards...............................................10
     Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure.........................................10

THE RECEIVABLES.............................................................11
     Addition of Accounts...................................................11
     Removal of Accounts....................................................12
     Additional Information in the
         Prospectus Supplement..............................................13

MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS.....................................................13

DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES.............................................14
     Form of Your Certificates..............................................16
     DTC ...................................................................16
     Cedelbank..............................................................18
     Euroclear..............................................................19
     Book-Entry Registration................................................20
     Definitive Certificates................................................23
     Initial Settlement.....................................................24
     Secondary Market Trading...............................................24
     Investor Percentage....................................................27
     Interest...............................................................28
     Principal..............................................................29
     Discount Option........................................................29
     The Transferor Certificate.............................................30
     New Issuances..........................................................31
     Collection Account.....................................................33
     Deposits in Collection Account.........................................34
     Sharing of Excess Finance Charge
         Collections and Excess Transferor
         Finance Charge Collections.........................................35
     Shared Principal Collections and
         Transferor Principal Collections...................................36
     Special Funding Account................................................37
     Paired Series..........................................................38
     Funding Period.........................................................38
     Defaulted Receivables..................................................39
     Dilution...............................................................39
     Early Amortization Events..............................................40
     Defeasance.............................................................40
     Reports to Certificateholders..........................................41
     List of Certificateholders.............................................42

ENHANCEMENT.................................................................42
     Specific Forms of Enhancement..........................................44

THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.........................................47
     Conveyance of Receivables..............................................47
     Addition of Trust Assets...............................................48
     Removal of Accounts....................................................51
     Representations and Warranties.........................................52
     Indemnification........................................................56
     Collection and Other Servicing
         Procedures.........................................................57
     Servicing Compensation and Payment of
         Expenses...........................................................58
     Servicer Covenants.....................................................59
     Certain Matters Regarding the
         Servicer...........................................................60
     Servicer Default ......................................................60
     Evidence as to Compliance..............................................62
     Amendments.............................................................62
     Trustee................................................................64
     Termination of the Trust...............................................65

THE BANK RECEIVABLES PURCHASE
     AGREEMENT AND THE RECEIVABLES
     PURCHASE AGREEMENT ....................................................65
     Sale of the Receivables................................................65
     Representations and Warranties.........................................67
     Covenants..............................................................69
     Transfer of Accounts and Assumption
         of RNB's, DHCC's and DHRC's
         Obligations........................................................70
     Amendment..............................................................71
     Termination............................................................72

SECURITY RATINGS............................................................72

LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES............................................73
     Transfer of Receivables................................................73
     Matters Relating to Bankruptcy or
         Receivership.......................................................74
     Consumer Protection Laws...............................................76
     Claims and Defenses of Cardholders
         Against the Trust..................................................78

TAX MATTERS.................................................................80
     Tax Characterization of the Trust......................................81
     Tax Considerations Relating
         to Certificateholders..............................................82
     Non-U.S. Certificate Owners............................................85
     Information Reporting and
         Backup Withholding.................................................88
     State and Local Taxation...............................................89

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN CONSIDERATIONS........................................90
     Regulation Under ERISA and the Tax
         Code...............................................................90
     Final Regulation Issued by the DOL.....................................90
     Exemptions to Prohibited Transactions..................................91
     Special Considerations for Insurance
         Companies..........................................................92
     General Investment Considerations......................................92

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION FOR THE OFFERED
     CERTIFICATES...........................................................93

LEGAL MATTERS...............................................................94

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS...............................................94

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION.........................................94

GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS............................................96



               OVERVIEW OF THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS
                       AND THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

         We provide information to you about the securities in two separate
documents that progressively provide more detail: (1) this prospectus,
which provides general information, some of which may not apply to a
particular series of securities, including your series, and (2) the
prospectus supplement, which will describe the specific terms of your
series of securities, including:

        o       the timing and amount of interest and principal payments;
        o       information about the receivables;
        o       information about enhancement for each offered class;
        o       credit ratings; and
        o       the method for selling the securities.

         You should rely only on the information provided in this
prospectus and the prospectus supplement, including the information
incorporated by reference. We have not authorized anyone to provide you
with different information.

         We include cross-references in this prospectus and in the
prospectus supplement to captions in these materials where you can find
further related discussions. The preceding table of contents and the table
of contents included in the prospectus supplement provide the pages these
captions are located.

         You can find a glossary of the defined terms that appear in this
document in bold faced type under the caption "Glossary of Terms for
Prospectus" beginning on page 88 in this prospectus.



                 THE DAYTON HUDSON CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST

         The Dayton Hudson Credit Card Master Trust was formed when DHRC,
as the transferor of the receivables, RNB, as the servicer and originator
of the receivables, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
trustee, entered into the POOLING AGREEMENT. The POOLING AGREEMENT is
governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The trust was formed to
issue certificates representing interests in a pool of credit card
receivables held by the trust. Certificates issued by the trust will be
issued in amounts, at prices and on terms to be determined at the time of
sale as described in the attached prospectus supplement.

         The trust will only engage in the following business activities:

         o      acquiring and holding receivables,

         o      issuing series of certificates, PARTICIPATIONS, and a
                TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE,

         o      making payments on these certificates and PARTICIPATIONS,

         o      obtaining any credit enhancement or entering into any
                enhancement contract necessary to issue certificates, and

         o      engaging in related activities.

         Because of the restricted nature of its activities, we do not
expect that the claims against the trust will ever exceed the value of its
assets.


                         DAYTON HUDSON CORPORATION

         Dayton Hudson is one of America's largest general merchandise
retailers with 1,245 stores in 44 states as of October 30, 1999. Dayton
Hudson currently conducts its store operations through three retail
operating divisions operating under five brand names (Dayton Hudson
Stores):

         o      Target,

         o      Department Stores (operating Dayton's, Hudson's and
                Marshall Field's stores), and

         o      Mervyn's.

         The Dayton Company was founded in 1902 and Dayton Hudson was
formed in 1969 through the merger of the Dayton Company and J.L. Hudson
Company. In 1962, the Dayton Company started Target, an upscale discounter.
In 1978, Dayton Hudson acquired Mervyn's department stores. In 1990, Dayton
Hudson acquired Marshall Field & Co. Dayton Hudson is a public company and
is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the Pacific Stock Exchange
under the symbol DH. On January 12, 2000, the Board of Directors of Dayton
Hudson approved a change of its name to Target Corporation. This change
will be effective January 30, 2000.

         Dayton Hudson's revenues and net earnings for the past three years
are as follows (in millions):


                   1998                1997               1996
               --------------     --------------     --------------
Revenues         $  30,951          $  27,757          $  25,371
Net Earnings          $935               $751               $463


                          RETAILERS NATIONAL BANK

         RNB is chartered as a national banking association and is subject
to regulation and supervision by the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency. RNB is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dayton Hudson. It was formed
on January 7, 1994, to streamline Dayton Hudson's credit operations by
eliminating inefficiencies associated with the different retail credit
regulations of the various states in which Dayton Hudson operates. RNB
issues and services the proprietary credit cards of the Dayton Hudson
Stores.


                     DAYTON HUDSON CAPITAL CORPORATION

         DHCC, formerly known as the Dayton Hudson Investment Corporation,
was formed in Minnesota on September 27, 1994, for general business
purposes. DHCC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dayton Hudson.


                   DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

         DHRC is a wholly owned subsidiary of DHCC. Its executive offices
are located at 80 South Eighth Street, 14th Floor, Suite 1401, Minneapolis,
Minnesota 55402. It was formed in Minnesota on May 15, 1995 for the
purposes of:

         o      issuing certificates including the certificates offered by
                this prospectus and each prospectus supplement,

         o      buying, holding and selling receivables, and

         o      engaging in other related activities.

         DHCC and DHRC's board of directors do not intend to change these
business purposes.



               RETAILERS NATIONAL BANK'S CREDIT CARD BUSINESS

CREDIT CARD BUSINESS

         The Dayton Hudson Stores have offered proprietary credit to their
customers for over 80 years. Although Dayton Hudson Stores accept VISA,
MasterCard, Discover Card and American Express, RNB credit cards
represented approximately 15% of the total sales of Dayton Hudson Stores in
1999. Currently, the receivables conveyed to the trust are generated from
transactions made by consumers using RNB credit cards to purchase products
from Dayton Hudson Stores. These transactions primarily take place in the
Dayton Hudson Stores and on-line through websites established by the Dayton
Hudson Stores. Receivables may also be generated from transactions not
involving purchases from Dayton Hudson Stores. RNB may test and introduce
new credit card products from time to time. Credit cards issued by RNB in
the future may contain terms different from RNB's current credit cards.
RNB's current credit cards are listed in the table below showing their
composition in the receivables pool.


    RETAILERS NATIONAL BANK              COMPOSITION OF RECEIVABLES
         CREDIT CARDS                               POOL
                                          AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999
- -------------------------------      ----------------------------------
            Target                                   43%
         The Department Stores                       29%
           Mervyn's                                  28%

         RNB credit cards are offered under the brand name of the Dayton
Hudson Store through which the account was opened.

DHC GUEST CREDIT

         RNB has contracted with the Guest Credit Operations of Dayton
Hudson Corporation to provide certain services to the RNB credit cards
including:

         o      marketing,

         o      underwriting,

         o      authorizations,

         o      guest service,

         o      collections, and

         o      systems support.


MARKETING PROGRAMS AND ACCOUNT ORIGINATION

         In-Store Account Solicitation. The major vehicle used by RNB for
in-store account origination is "instant credit." Applicants provide a
limited amount of information, including name, address, and social security
number, which allows the credit underwriting department to access their
credit bureau report and to score their application. For identification
purposes, applicants must also present a valid picture identification and
major credit card. At the Target stores, store team members obtain this
information and enter it into a terminal located at the guest service desk.
In Mervyn's and the Department Stores, the same information is entered by
the store team member directly into the point-of-sale terminal.

         New Accounts. Application information on all new accounts is
entered into a new account processing system. Each application is
source-coded to allow future tracking of activation rates, sales trends,
delinquencies and charge-offs for various new account sources and
promotional programs. Opening a new credit card account may entitle the
cardholder to discounts on purchases.

         For approved applications, the account is automatically
established, a credit card is generated at RNB in Sioux Falls, South Dakota
and then mailed along with the terms of the account to the new cardholders.
For instant credit accounts, a temporary card is issued which can be used
immediately for purchases. RNB also takes applications on-line through the
Dayton Hudson Stores' websites.

         Stimulation of Account Usage. Each of the Dayton Hudson Stores
operates various account loyalty and purchase frequency reward programs.
Target encourages cardholder usage by contributing an amount equal to 1% of
cardholder purchases to the cardholder's designated K-12 school. Account
usage is stimulated at Mervyn's and in the Department Stores by rewarding
cardholders with discounts on future purchases. Additional account loyalty
and reward programs may be used in the future.

         In addition, as part of its retail marketing strategy, RNB, in
cooperation with the Dayton Hudson Stores, periodically offers various
deferred billing programs through the credit cards. Cardholders can
purchase merchandise in select departments without incurring finance
charges on those purchases for one or several months, except for a minimum
purchase requirement. Average deferred balances represented approximately
3% of total average customer accounts receivable in 1998. The Dayton Hudson
Stores currently pay RNB a deferred billing fee of 12% per annum of
deferred balances.

RNB'S UNDERWRITING PROCESSES AND AUTHORIZATIONS

         Account Underwriting and Credit Guidelines. RNB develops or adopts
systems and specifications for underwriting and authorizations. It
contracts with DHC Guest Credit for services, including the implementation
of these systems and of the underwriting and authorization specifications.
RNB's underwriting process involves the purchase of credit bureau
information for each applicant. RNB obtains credit reports from one of
three credit bureaus:

         o      Experian, Inc.,

         o      Equifax Credit Information Services, Inc., or

         o      Trans Union Corp.,

based on the applicant's mailing address and the perceived strength of each
credit bureau service in that geographic region. The information obtained
is electronically fed into proprietary scoring models developed for RNB to
develop a credit score. RNB periodically analyzes performance trends of
accounts originated at different score levels as compared to projected
performance, and adjusts the minimum score or the opening limit to manage
risk.

         Ongoing Credit Monitoring. To monitor and control the quality of
its portfolio of credit cards, RNB uses behavioral scoring models to score
each active account on its monthly cycle date. The behavioral scoring
models are used to dynamically evaluate whether or not credit limits should
be increased or decreased. RNB relies heavily on its behavioral scoring
models combined with credit bureau information as a predictor of future
loss probability.

         Credit Authorization. Point-of-sale terminals in Dayton Hudson
Stores have an on-line connection with RNB's credit authorization system
and allow real-time updating of accounts. Every sales transaction is passed
through a proprietary authorization system which looks at a variety of
behavioral and risk factors to determine whether each transaction should be
approved "as is," with a credit limit increase, or with an over credit
limit allowance.

SERVICING OF ACCOUNTS

         RNB performs at its offices in Sioux Falls the majority of full
application new account data entry, review of new account worklists, all
billing statement preparation and mailing, the production and mailing of
the credit cards, the mailed communication of adverse credit decisions, and
the mailing of collection letters. Credit card production is performed in a
secured environment, including a separately alarmed secure area and audit
procedures that are designed to maintain an accurate count of all cards
produced, stored, destroyed and mailed.

         RNB sends monthly billing statements to cardholders. Statement
mailing is highly automated, utilizing pre-sorting, bar coding and an
on-site postal representative to increase efficiency. The billing
statements present the total amount due and show the allocation among
principal, current fees, current finance charges, and the minimum payment
due. Under the account agreement and as allowed by law, late fees and
returned check fees are also added to a cardholder's outstanding balance.
No issuance, annual, over credit limit, or transaction fees are charged to
any cardholders. The processing of cardholder remittances is serviced by
DHC Guest Credit in Minneapolis, Minnesota, using automated payment
processing equipment and systems.

         Finance charges are calculated by multiplying the daily balance
during a billing period by the daily periodic rate and adding these daily
calculations together, subject to a minimum finance charge of 50 cents.
Finance charges are assessed from the date of purchase, although a grace
period of approximately 30 days is available to avoid the finance charge if
the account is paid in full by the due date.

         The annual finance charge rate currently is a fixed rate which
ranges from 21.0% to 21.6% depending on the cardholder's state mailing
address. RNB may change finance charge rates at any time at its discretion,
subject to applicable law. Late payment fees of $20 are assessed each month
on accounts that are five or more days delinquent in payment.

         The RNB accounts generally have a minimum payment of the greater
of $10 or 5% of the outstanding balance. Currently, most Target card
accounts have a minimum payment of the greater of $20 or 10% of the
outstanding balance.

DELINQUENCY AND COLLECTIONS PROCEDURES FOR RNB CREDIT CARDS

         Efforts to collect delinquent receivables are made for RNB by the
DHC Guest Credit collection department and, if necessary, by collection
agencies and outside attorneys. The collection department consists of
approximately 600 full-time equivalents. New collectors undergo training
which includes courses in professional debt collection, collection laws and
regulations and negotiating skills. These courses are also available on a
"refresher" basis for experienced collectors.

         An account is considered delinquent if the minimum payment due is
not received by the billing due date. At that time, the account is given a
status of one day delinquent. Under current policies, a message requesting
payment is printed on a cardholder's billing statement after a scheduled
payment has been missed. Soon after an account becomes delinquent, a
proprietary collection model automatically scores the risk of the account
and assigns a collection strategy to the account. The strategy dictates the
contact schedule and collections priority for the account.

         DHC Guest Credit currently engages law firms in Minnesota,
Wisconsin, Michigan and Illinois to initiate legal action on accounts
meeting certain criteria. Between 1,200 and 1,300 accounts per month are
referred to various law firms in those states to assist in collection
efforts.

         Accounts which become 180 days delinquent are charged off.
Accounts may be re-aged during delinquency, however, if the obligor
demonstrates a willingness and ability to repay by making at least three
consecutive minimum payments and other conditions are satisfied.

YEAR 2000 READINESS DISCLOSURE

         Dayton Hudson began mitigating the risks associated with the year
2000 date conversion in 1993. In 1997, Dayton Hudson established a
corporate-wide, comprehensive plan of action that has, to date, achieved an
uninterrupted transition into the year 2000. This project included three
major elements: information technology (IT) systems; non-IT, or embedded
technology, systems; and relationships with our key business partners. The
project was divided into five phases: awareness, assessment, renovation,
validation and implementation. Dayton Hudson completed all phases for the
three elements of the project prior to January 1, 2000.

         Dayton Hudson continues to test and monitor its IT systems and
non-IT systems for year 2000 date conversion and related issues. To date,
it has not experienced any material systems issues associated with the date
rollover, nor has it experienced any material problems relating to its
critical business partners. Dayton Hudson continues to monitor its systems
for such issues in order to address them promptly, should they arise.

         Dayton Hudson's year 2000 transition plan included a number of
activities. For the IT systems, Dayton Hudson assessed both existing and
newly implemented hardware, application software and operating systems.
Dayton Hudson began addressing non-IT systems, or embedded
technology/infrastructure, risks at its stores, distribution centers and
headquarters facilities early in its initiative. In planning for the most
reasonably likely worst case scenarios, Dayton Hudson addressed all
three major elements in its project. Dayton Hudson plans to allocate
internal resources and retain dedicated consultants and vendor
representatives to take action, if necessary.

         Dayton Hudson contacted its critical business partners, assessed
their year 2000 readiness and finalized the development of contingency
plans, as considered necessary. Although Dayton Hudson values its
established relationships with key vendors, substitute products for most of
the goods it sells in its stores may be obtained from other vendors.
However, the lead time involved in sourcing certain goods may result in
temporary shortages of relatively few items. Dayton Hudson also recognizes
the risks if other key suppliers in areas such as utilities,
communications, transportation, banking and government are not ready for
the year 2000, and has developed contingency plans to minimize the
potential adverse impacts of these risks.

         RNB's systems are supported by Dayton Hudson. As a result, the
foregoing discussion of Dayton Hudson's year 2000 readiness applies to the
status of RNB's year 2000 readiness as well.


                              THE RECEIVABLES

         The receivables in the trust include PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES. These receivables are generated from eligible
accounts selected by RNB from the RNB portfolio to be conveyed to the
trust.

ADDITION OF ACCOUNTS

         RNB has sold to DHCC, DHCC has sold to DHRC and DHRC has
transferred to the trust, all receivables existing in each initial account
on the CUT-OFF DATE. Each company has also agreed to sell or transfer
receivables existing in any AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT on the date of its
creation and receivables generated in the initial accounts and the
AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS after these dates.

         At any time after the AUTOMATIC ADDITION TERMINATION DATE or the
AUTOMATIC ADDITION SUSPENSION DATE and before the RESTART DATE, DHRC has
the right, and in some cases the obligation, to assign additional
qualifying consumer open end credit card accounts to the trust. All
receivables in these SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS are then conveyed to the trust,
whether these receivables already exist or are later created.

         Under the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Receivables
Purchase Agreement, RNB has the obligation to sell receivables to DHCC and
DHCC has the obligation to sell receivables to DHRC to allow DHRC to
satisfy its obligations and to exercise its options under the POOLING
AGREEMENT. The accounts must meet eligibility requirements, as specified in
the POOLING AGREEMENT, as of the date DHRC designates that receivables in
those accounts will be included in the trust. According to the eligibility
requirements, RNB will represent and warrant to DHCC, DHCC will represent
and warrant to DHRC and DHRC will represent and warrant to the trust that:

        o       the account has not been, and does not have:

                -     any receivables that have been, sold, pledged or
                      assigned to any person except according to the
                      POOLING AGREEMENT,

                -     any receivables that are DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES, and

                -     any receivables identified as having been incurred
                      because of fraudulent use of any related credit
                      cards, and

        o       for any receivable existing under these accounts, the
                receivable:

                -     has arisen under an eligible account,

                -     was created in compliance with the CREDIT CARD
                      GUIDELINES, and

                -     at the time of transfer to the trust is not under any
                      right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or other
                      defense except for bankruptcy- and equity-related
                      defenses and adjustments permitted by the POOLING
                      AGREEMENT.

         There can be no assurance that all the accounts will continue to
meet the applicable eligibility requirements throughout the life of the
trust. See "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Representations and
Warranties" for a detailed discussion.

         It is possible that ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS will not be accounts of
the same type previously included in the trust. There can be no assurance
that ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS will be of the same credit quality as the initial
accounts. ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS may contain receivables which consist of
fees, charges and amounts that are different from the fees, charges and
amounts described in this prospectus. ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS may also have
different credit limits, balances and ages. As a result, there can be no
assurance that the accounts will continue to have the characteristics
described in this prospectus as ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS are added. In addition,
the inclusion in the trust of ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS with lower periodic
finance charges may have the effect of reducing the TRUST PORTFOLIO YIELD.
DHRC intends to file with the SEC, on behalf of the trust, a current report
on Form 8-K for any addition of SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTs or removal of
accounts which would have a material effect on the composition of the
accounts. See "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Addition of Trust
Assets" and "--Removal of Accounts" for a description of the conditions to
addition and removal of accounts.

REMOVAL OF ACCOUNTS

          DHRC may also designate accounts as REMOVED ACCOUNTS. The
receivables in the REMOVED ACCOUNTS will be removed from the trust and
reassigned to DHRC. Any account with any receivable that becomes a
DEFAULTED RECEIVABLE will become a REMOVED ACCOUNT. Throughout the term of
the trust, the trust portfolio will consist of the initial accounts plus
any ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS minus any REMOVED ACCOUNTS and plus any
PARTICIPATION INTERESTS. See "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Removal
of Accounts" for a description of the conditions to any removal of
accounts.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IN THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

         The prospectus supplement for each series of certificates will
provide information about the trust portfolio. This information will
include:

         o      the total amount of receivables,

         o      the amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES,

         o      the amount of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES,

         o      the average receivable balance of the accounts,

         o      the composition of the trust portfolio by account balances,

         o      the composition of the trust portfolio by credit limits,

         o      the composition of the trust portfolio by delinquency
                period,

         o      the composition of the trust portfolio by account age,

         o      the composition of the trust portfolio by geographic
                distribution of accounts, and

         o      the delinquency and loss statistics relating to the
                accounts.


                          MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS

         Following the REVOLVING PERIOD, each series of certificates is
expected to begin to accumulate principal or begin to distribute principal
to certificateholders. The attached prospectus supplement describes the
conditions under which the ACCUMULATION PERIOD or an AMORTIZATION PERIOD
will begin for your class of certificates.

         Principal will accumulate in a funding account if your series
features a CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD or RAPID ACCUMULATION PERIOD and
one of these principal ACCUMULATION PERIODS begins. As described in the
attached prospectus supplement, during a CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD on
each DISTRIBUTION DATE an amount of principal, up to the amount specified,
will be set aside in the funding account. If an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT or
a similar event described in the related prospectus supplement occurs and
your series features a RAPID ACCUMULATION PERIOD, the full amount of
principal available to your series will be deposited in a funding account,
up to the amount specified in the related prospectus supplement. This
accumulated principal will be paid to you on the EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT
DATE for your class of certificates, or earlier if an AMORTIZATION PERIOD
begins before your first EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE. Note that although
your series may feature an ACCUMULATION PERIOD, your class of certificates
may not make use of it.

         Principal will be paid to you in increments, up to the amount
specified in the attached prospectus supplement, if your class of
certificates features a CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD and this period
begins. Your class of certificates might also begin to pay principal to you
if the attached prospectus supplement specifies that your class will begin
early amortization. Early amortization will begin, for all classes of your
series, when an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT occurs. Principal will be paid to
you only on a DISTRIBUTION DATE during any AMORTIZATION PERIOD.

         The prospectus supplement provides the following information about
maturity:

         o      the date any ACCUMULATION PERIOD or AMORTIZATION PERIOD is
                scheduled to begin,

         o      the principal amount of the payments expected or available
                for each period,

         o      the priority of accumulations and payments among the
                classes of each series,

         o      any EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS that may cause a RAPID
                ACCUMULATION PERIOD or an EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD,

         o      historical data showing payments by cardholders and total
                charge-offs, and

         o      other information about the RNB portfolio.

         We can give you no assurance that principal will be available when
expected, either to accumulate or to pay you. Collection of principal may
or may not be constant from month to month or be similar to any historical
experience. Collections may be affected by seasonality, by changes in
payment habits of cardholders or by general economic conditions. A slowdown
in the payment rate may extend the expected life of your certificates if
principal is collected more slowly. This may affect your anticipated yield
to maturity. Also, the occurrence of any EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT may
substantially shorten the average life of your certificates. You may find
it difficult to reinvest funds in an instrument with a comparable interest
rate if the certificates are paid sooner than anticipated.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

         Following is a summary describing the material provisions common
to each series of certificates. If you are purchasing certificates, the
attached prospectus supplement describes any series-specific provisions
supplementing the information in this prospectus. Each series of
certificates will be issued through the POOLING AGREEMENT and a supplement
to that agreement. This prospectus and the attached prospectus supplement
do not contain all information about your certificates. For a detailed
description of the certificates, also read the POOLING AGREEMENT and the
SERIES SUPPLEMENT.

         The certificates offered through this prospectus and the attached
prospectus supplement will be issued in "series" consisting of one or more
"classes," which may be senior to other classes. Each series of
certificates will represent an interest in the trust distinct from the
TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE and any other series of certificates issued by the
trust. Each class of a series will evidence the right to receive a
specified portion of principal and finance charge collections on
receivables in the trust portfolio. Each class of a series may differ from
other classes in some aspects, including:

         o      maturity date,

         o      interest rate, and

         o      availability and amount of enhancement.

Payments will be made to certificateholders in whose names the certificates
were registered on the RECORD DATES specified in the attached prospectus
supplement.

         For each series of certificates, the INVESTED AMOUNT on any date
generally will be equal to the initial INVESTED AMOUNT for that series
reduced by:

         o      the amount of principal paid to the related
                certificateholders,

         o      the amount of unreimbursed INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS and
                reallocated principal collections for that series, and

         o      the amount of any reduction in the INVESTED AMOUNT because
                of the purchase by DHRC and later cancellation of any
                certificates.

         The INVESTED AMOUNT may further be adjusted by:

         o      the amount of principal on deposit in any specified
                account, and

         o      any other amount stated in the related prospectus
                supplement.

         Each series of certificates may consist of one or more classes,
one or more of which may be senior certificates and one or more of which
may be subordinated certificates. Each class of a series will have the
right to receive a specified portion of each distribution of principal or
interest or both. DHRC currently owns the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE. The
TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE represents the undivided interest in the trust not
represented by the certificates or any PARTICIPATION or the rights of any
enhancement providers to receive payments from the trust. The holder of the
TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE will have the right to a percentage of all
collections on the receivables in the trust.

         Certificates offered through this prospectus and the attached
prospectus supplement will be:

         o      represented by certificates registered in the name of a DTC
                nominee,

         o      available for purchase in minimum denominations and
                integral multiples of $1,000, and

         o      available for purchase in book-entry form only.

The certificates in book-entry form, in which you will hold a beneficial
interest as described under "--Book-Entry Registration," are "global
securities." The attached prospectus supplement will specify if:

         o      your series of certificates, or one or more classes of your
                series, may be issued in a different form, and

         o      your certificates have any other characteristics different
                from those listed above.

         The attached prospectus supplement may state that application will
be made to list your series or class of certificates on the Luxembourg
Stock Exchange or another exchange.

FORM OF YOUR CERTIFICATES

         The following description of the form of your certificates
includes how they are transferred and how the trust makes payments to you.
One or more of the following clearing systems performs transactions in your
certificates:

         o      The Depository Trust Company or "DTC,"

         o      Cedelbank, societe anonyme or "CEDELBANK," and

         o      the system operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
                York's Brussels, Belgium office referred to as "EUROCLEAR."

         DTC provided the information in this section concerning DTC and
its book-entry system. DHRC has not independently verified the accuracy of
this information.

         DTC has informed DHRC that its nominee is Cede & Co. or "Cede."
Cede is expected to be the holder of record of each class of certificates
offered under this prospectus. This means that you, as an owner of
certificates, will only be entitled to a DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATE
representing your interest in the issued certificates under specified
circumstances. Instead, you will own certificates through a book-entry
record maintained by DTC. All references in this document to:

         o      distributions, reports, notices and statements will be made
                to DTC or Cede, as the registered holder of the
                certificates, for distribution to you following DTC
                procedures, and

         o      actions by certificateholders refer to actions taken by DTC
                upon instructions from DTC PARTICIPANTS.

         You may hold your certificates through DTC in the U.S., CEDELBANK
or EUROCLEAR in Europe or in any other manner described in the attached
prospectus supplement. You may hold your certificates directly with one of
these systems if you are a participant in the system, or indirectly through
organizations which are participants. Descriptions of the clearing systems
follow.

DTC

         DTC is:

         o      a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New
                York Banking Law,

         o      a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York
                Banking Law,

         o      a member of the Federal Reserve System,

         o      a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the New York
                Uniform Commercial Code, and

         o      a "clearing agency" registered under the Securities
                Exchange Act of 1934, as
                amended.

DTC performs various services for its participating organizations, referred
to as DTC PARTICIPANTS. These services include:

         o      holding securities that DTC PARTICIPANTS deposit with it,
                and

         o      providing a system where DTC PARTICIPANTS may clear and
                settle securities transactions, including transfers and
                pledges, in deposited securities through electronic
                book-entry changes in their accounts, so there is no
                physical movement of securities certificates.

DTC PARTICIPANTS:

         o      include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust
                companies, and clearing corporations, and

         o      may include other organizations, including the underwriters
                of any series of certificates issued through this document.

A number of DTC PARTICIPANTS, the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the
American Stock Exchange, Inc. and the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. own DTC. Securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust
companies and other financial organizations that clear through or maintain
a custodial relationship with a DTC PARTICIPANT, either directly or
indirectly, have indirect access to the DTC system. The rules applicable to
DTC and its DTC PARTICIPANTS are on file with the SEC.

         DTC management is aware that some computer applications and
systems used for processing data were written using two digits rather than
four to define the year, and so may not recognize a date using "00" as the
year 2000. This could result in the inability of these systems to properly
process transactions with dates in the year 2000 and beyond. DTC has
developed and is implementing a program to address this problem so that its
applications and systems continue to function properly as they relate to:

         o      the timely payment of principal and interest and other
                distributions to securityholders,

         o      book-entry deliveries, and

         o      settlement of trades within DTC.

This program includes a technical assessment and a remediation plan, each
of which is complete. Additionally, DTC plans to implement a testing phase
of this program which is expected to be completed within appropriate time
frames.

         In addition, DTC:

         o      is contacting and will continue to contact third-party
                vendors that provide services to DTC to determine the
                extent of their year 2000 compliance, and

         o      will develop contingency plans as it considers appropriate
                to address failures in year 2000 compliance on the part of
                third-party vendors.

However, there can be no assurance that the systems of third-party vendors
will be timely converted and will not adversely affect the proper
functioning of DTC's services.

CEDELBANK

         CEDELBANK is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a
professional depository and:

         o      holds securities for CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS,

         o      provides a system where CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS may clear and
                settle securities transactions through electronic
                book-entry changes in their accounts, so there is no
                physical movement of securities certificates,

         o      settles transactions in any of 36 currencies, including
                U.S. dollars,

         o      provides for CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS, among other services,
                safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of
                internationally traded securities and securities lending
                and borrowing, and

         o      deals with domestic securities markets in over 30 countries
                through established depository and custodial relationships.

CEDELBANK has established an electronic bridge with Morgan Guaranty's
Brussels, Belgium office, acting as EUROCLEAR operator, to facilitate
settlement of trades between CEDELBANK and EUROCLEAR. CEDELBANK currently
accepts over 110,000 securities issues on its books. As a professional
depository, CEDELBANK is regulated by the Luxembourg Commission for the
Supervision of the Financial Sector, which supervises Luxembourg banks.
CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS:

         o      are recognized financial institutions around the world,
                including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers,
                banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other
                organizations,

         o      may include the underwriters of any series of certificates
                issued through this document, and

         o      in the U.S., are limited to securities brokers, dealers and
                banks.

Currently, CEDELBANK has approximately 2,000 customers located in over 80
countries, including all major European countries, Canada and the United
States. Banks, brokers, dealers, trust companies and other organizations
that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a CEDELBANK
CUSTOMER, either directly or indirectly, have indirect access to CEDELBANK.


EUROCLEAR

         The EUROCLEAR system was created in 1968:

         o      to hold securities of its participating organizations,
                referred to as EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS, and

         o      to clear and settle transactions between EUROCLEAR
                PARTICIPANTS through simultaneous electronic book-entry
                delivery against payment, so there is:

                -     no need for physical movement of securities
                      certificates, and

                -     no risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of
                      securities and cash.

The EUROCLEAR system's various services include:

         o      settlement of transactions in any of 34 currencies,
                including U.S. dollars, and

         o      securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with
                domestic markets in several countries similar to the
                arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC.

The EUROCLEAR system is operated by Morgan Guaranty's Brussels, Belgium
office, acting as EUROCLEAR operator, under contract with the Euroclear
Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation, which
establishes policy for the EUROCLEAR system on behalf of EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANTS. EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS:

         o      include central banks and other banks, securities brokers
                and dealers and other professional financial
                intermediaries, and

         o      may include the underwriters of any series of certificates
                offered through this document.

Other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT, either directly or indirectly, have indirect access
to the EUROCLEAR system.

          The EUROCLEAR operator conducts all operations for EUROCLEAR, and
holds all EUROCLEAR securities clearance accounts and cash accounts. The
EUROCLEAR operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking corporation
which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. It is regulated and
examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the
New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.

         The Terms and Conditions Governing Use of EUROCLEAR and the
related Operating Procedures of the EUROCLEAR system and applicable Belgian
law govern:

         o      securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the
                EUROCLEAR operator,

         o      transfers of securities and cash within the EUROCLEAR
                system,

         o      withdrawal of securities and cash from the EUROCLEAR
                system, and

         o      receipts of payments for securities in the EUROCLEAR
                system.

The EUROCLEAR system holds all securities (1) on a fungible basis and (2)
without knowledge of the actual owners holding through EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANTS and to whose accounts the securities are credited. The
EUROCLEAR operator acts under these terms and conditions only on behalf of
EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS and has no record of or relationship with persons
holding through EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

         Cede, as DTC's nominee, holds the global securities. CEDELBANK
will hold omnibus positions on behalf of CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS, while
EUROCLEAR will do the same on behalf of EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS, through
customers' securities accounts in CEDELBANK'S and EUROCLEAR'S names on the
books of each of their depositaries. These depositaries will, in turn, hold
these positions in customers' securities accounts in the depositaries'
names on DTC's books.

         Transfers between:

         o      DTC PARTICIPANTS occur under the DTC rules, and

         o      CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS and EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS occur in the
                ordinary way under their applicable rules and operating
                procedures.

Cross-market transfers occur through DTC, under its rules, on behalf of
CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR by each of their depositaries, whether between
persons holding securities directly or indirectly:

         o      through DTC, on the one hand, and

         o      through CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS, on
                the other hand.

However, these cross-market transactions will require delivery of
instructions to CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR by the counterparty in its system
under either clearing system's rules and procedures, and within its
established European time deadlines. CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR will, if the
transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its
depositary to take action to accomplish final settlement on its behalf by:

         o      delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and

         o      making or receiving payment under normal procedures for
                same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC.

CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS and EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS may not deliver instructions
directly to the depositaries.

         Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in
CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR due to a transaction with a DTC PARTICIPANT will be
made during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the
business day following the DTC settlement date. These credits or any other
transactions in the securities settled during that processing will be
reported to the relevant CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS on
that day. Cash received in CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR because of sales of
securities by or through a CEDELBANK CUSTOMER or a EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT:

         o      will be received with value on the DTC settlement date, and

         o      will only be available in the relevant CEDELBANK or
                EUROCLEAR cash account only as of the business day
                following settlement in DTC.

         Your purchases of certificates under the DTC system must be made
by or through DTC PARTICIPANTS, which will receive a credit for the
certificates on DTC's records. Your ownership interest is, in turn,
recorded on the DTC PARTICIPANTS' and indirect participants' records. You
will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but you
can expect to receive written confirmation providing details of the
transaction, as well as periodic statements of your holdings, from the DTC
PARTICIPANT or indirect participant through which you entered into the
transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the certificates are
accomplished by entries made on the books of DTC PARTICIPANTS acting on
behalf of you and other certificateholders. You will not receive
certificates representing your ownership interest in the certificates
offered through this document, unless use of the book-entry system for
these certificates has ended.

         DTC registers all certificates deposited with it by DTC
PARTICIPANTS in the name of its nominee, Cede, to make all later transfers
of certificates easier. The deposit of certificates with DTC and their
registration in the name of Cede will not change beneficial ownership of
the certificates. DTC has no knowledge of the actual owners of the
certificates; its records reflect only the identity of the DTC PARTICIPANTS
to whose accounts the certificates are credited, which may or may not be
the actual certificate owners. DTC PARTICIPANTS remain responsible for
keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

         Conveyance of notices and other communications by:

         o      DTC to DTC PARTICIPANTS,

         o      DTC PARTICIPANTS to indirect participants, and

         o      DTC PARTICIPANTS and indirect participants to
                certificateholders,

will be governed by arrangements among them, under any applicable statutory
or regulatory requirements.

         Neither DTC nor Cede will consent or vote on these certificates.
Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to DHRC as soon as
possible after the record date. In this way, DTC assigns Cede's consenting
or voting rights to those DTC PARTICIPANTS to whose accounts these
certificates are credited on the relevant record date.


         For each DISTRIBUTION DATE:

         o      the trustee makes principal and interest payments on the
                certificates to DTC, and

         o      DTC credits each of those payments to DTC PARTICIPANTS'
                accounts on that date according to each of the
                participants' holdings shown on DTC's records unless DTC
                has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on
                that date.

Payments by any DTC PARTICIPANT to certificateholders will be:

         o      governed by standing instructions and customary practices,
                as is the case with securities held for the accounts of
                customers in bearer form or registered in "street name,"
                and

         o      the responsibility of that DTC PARTICIPANT and not of DTC,
                the trustee or DHRC, under any applicable statutory or
                regulatory requirements.

The responsibility for:

         o      payment of principal and interest to DTC belongs to the
                trustee,

         o      disbursement of these payments to DTC PARTICIPANTS belongs
                to DTC, and

         o      disbursement of these payments to certificateholders
                belongs to DTC PARTICIPANTS and indirect participants.

         DTC may stop providing its services as securities depository for
these certificates at any time by giving reasonable notice to DHRC or the
trustee. If this occurs and if a successor securities depository is not
obtained, DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES will be printed and delivered. DHRC may
decide to end use of the system of book-entry transfers through DTC or a
successor securities depository. If so, DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES will be
delivered to each certificateholder. See "--Definitive Certificates" for a
description of the circumstances under which the trust will issue
Definitive Certificates to you.

         CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR will credit distributions on certificates
held through it to the cash accounts of CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANTS under its rules and procedures, to the extent received by its
depositary. These distributions will require tax reporting under relevant
U.S. tax laws and regulations as described under "Tax Matters." CEDELBANK
or the EUROCLEAR operator will take any other action permitted to be taken
by a certificateholder under the POOLING AGREEMENT on behalf of a CEDELBANK
CUSTOMER or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT:

         o      only under its relevant rules and procedures, and

         o      to the extent its depositary can carry out those actions on
                its behalf through DTC.

         Although DTC, CEDELBANK and EUROCLEAR have agreed to the
procedures above to provide a system that makes transfers of certificates
among their participants or customers easier:

         o      they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
                perform these procedures, and

         o      they may stop these procedures at any time.

DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES

         The certificates offered through this prospectus will be initially
issued in book-entry form. DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES in fully registered,
certificated form will not be issued to any party except DTC or its nominee
unless:

         o      DHRC advises the trustee in writing:

                -     that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge
                      properly its responsibilities as depository for this
                      series of certificates, and the trustee or DHRC is
                      unable to locate a qualified successor,

                -     that it chooses to end the book-entry system through
                      DTC, or

         o      after a SERVICER DEFAULT occurs:

                -     certificateholders representing (1) not less than 50%
                      or (2) another percentage specified in the attached
                      prospectus supplement of the total unpaid principal
                      amount of the certificates advise the trustee and DTC
                      through DTC PARTICIPANTS in writing that the
                      continuation of a book-entry system through DTC or
                      its successor is no longer in the best interests of
                      the certificateholders.

         If any of these events occurs, DTC must notify all DTC
PARTICIPANTS of the availability through DTC of DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES.
Once DTC gives the definitive certificate representing these certificates
and instructions for re-registration to the trustee:

         o      the trustee will issue the certificates as DEFINITIVE
                CERTIFICATES, and

         o      afterwards, the trustee will recognize the holders of these
                DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES as holders under the POOLING
                AGREEMENT.

The trustee then makes payments:

         o      directly to holders of DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES under the
                procedures provided in this prospectus and in the POOLING
                AGREEMENT, and

         o      on each DISTRIBUTION DATE, to holders in whose names the
                DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES were registered at the close of
                business on the related RECORD DATE.

         If you own DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES, payments will be made by check
and mailed to you at an address maintained by the trustee.

         The final payment will be made only when a certificate is
presented and surrendered at the office or agency specified in the notice
of final distribution to certificateholders, whether it is:

         o      a DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATE, or

         o      a certificate registered in the name of DTC or its nominee.

The trustee will provide this notice to registered certificateholders no
later than the fifth day of the month in which the final distribution will
occur.

         DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES will be transferable and exchangeable at
the office of the transfer agent and registrar, which shall initially be
the trustee. The transfer agent and registrar will impose no service charge
but may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge imposed in connection with the transfer or exchange.
The transfer agent and registrar shall not be required to register the
transfer or exchange of DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES for a period of fifteen
days preceding the due date for any payment on the DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES.

INITIAL SETTLEMENT

         Each class of certificates offered under this prospectus and the
attached prospectus supplement will be held in book-entry form by DTC in
the name of its nominee, Cede. Investors' interests in the certificates
will be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf
as direct and indirect participants in DTC. As a result, CEDELBANK and
EUROCLEAR will hold positions on behalf of their customers or participants
through their respective depositaries, which will hold positions in
accounts as DTC PARTICIPANTS.

         Custody accounts of investors who elect to hold certificates
through DTC will be credited with their holdings against payment in
same-day funds on the settlement date.

         Investors who elect to hold certificates through CEDELBANK or
EUROCLEAR accounts will follow the settlement procedures that apply to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global
security and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Certificates will be
credited to the securities custody accounts on the settlement date against
payment in same-day funds.

SECONDARY MARKET TRADING

         Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between
investors holding certificates through DTC will be conducted according to
the rules and procedures for U.S. corporate debt obligations. Secondary
market trading between DTC PARTICIPANTS will be settled in same-day funds.

         Trading between Cedelbank Customers and/or Euroclear Participants.
Secondary market trading between investors holding certificates through
CEDELBANK and EUROCLEAR will be conducted in the ordinary way under:

         o      their normal rules and operating procedures, and

         o      conventional eurobond practice (which means a seven
                calendar day settlement).

Secondary market trading between CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANTS will be settled using the procedures for conventional
eurobonds in same-day funds.

         Trading between DTC seller and Cedelbank or Euroclear purchaser.
Transfers of certificates from the account of a DTC PARTICIPANT to the
account of a CEDELBANK CUSTOMER or a EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT usually occur as
follows:

         o      the purchaser sends instructions to CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR
                through that customer or participant at least one business
                day before settlement,

         o      CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR instructs its depositary to receive
                the securities against payment, which includes interest
                accrued on the securities from and including the last
                coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement date,

         o      that depositary credits payments to the DTC PARTICIPANT'S
                account against delivery of the securities, and

         o      after settlement has been completed, the depositary credits
                securities to the relevant clearing system, which, in turn,
                under its usual procedures, credits those securities to
                that customer's or participant's account.

The securities credit will appear the next day, European time, and the cash
debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on the securities will
accrue from, the value date--which would be the preceding day when
settlement occurred in New York. If settlement is not completed on the
intended value date, which means the trade fails, the CEDELBANK or
EUROCLEAR cash debit will be valued instead as of the actual settlement
date.

         CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS will need to make
available to each of their clearing systems the funds necessary to process
same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to
pre-position funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing
lines of credit, as they would for any settlement occurring within
CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR. Under this approach, they may take on credit
exposure to CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR until the securities are credited to
their accounts one day later.

         As an alternative, if CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR has extended a line
of credit to them, CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS can elect
not to pre-position funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon to
finance settlement. Under this procedure, CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANTS purchasing securities would incur overdraft charges for one
day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the securities were credited
to their accounts. However, interest on the securities would accrue from
the value date. So, the investment income on the securities earned during
that one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of the
overdraft charges, although this result will depend on each CEDELBANK
CUSTOMER'S or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT'S particular cost of funds.

         Since the settlement is taking place during New York business
hours, DTC PARTICIPANTS can use their usual procedures for sending
securities to their depositaries for the benefit of CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS or
EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC
seller on the settlement date. In this way, to the DTC PARTICIPANT a
cross-market transaction will settle no differently than a trade between
two DTC PARTICIPANTS.

         Trading between Cedelbank or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser.
Due to time zone differences in their favor, CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS and
EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS may use their customary procedures for transfers of
securities by a clearing system, through its depositary, to a DTC
Participant. Trading usually occurs as follows:

         o      the seller sends instructions to CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR
                through a CEDELBANK CUSTOMER or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT at
                least one business day before settlement,

         o      CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR instructs its depositary to deliver
                the bonds to the DTC PARTICIPANT'S account against payment,
                which includes interest accrued on the securities from and
                including the last coupon payment date to and excluding the
                settlement date, and

         o      the payment is reflected in the account of that customer or
                participant the next day, and receipt of the cash proceeds
                in that customer's or participant's account is back-valued
                to the value date--the preceding day when settlement
                occurred in New York.

Should the CEDELBANK CUSTOMER or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT have a line of
credit with its clearing system and elect to be in debit in anticipation of
receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation will cancel
out any overdraft charges incurred over that one-day period. If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date, which means the trade fails,
receipt of the cash proceeds in the CEDELBANK CUSTOMER'S or EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANT'S account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement
date. Finally, day traders that use CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR and that
purchase securities from DTC PARTICIPANTS for delivery to CEDELBANK
CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS should note that these trades would
automatically fail on the sale side unless affirmative action were taken.
At least three techniques should be readily available to eliminate this
potential problem:

         o      borrowing through CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR for one day--until
                the purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their
                CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR accounts--under the clearing
                system's customary procedure,

         o      borrowing the securities in the U.S. from a DTC PARTICIPANT
                no later than one day before settlement which would give
                the securities sufficient time to be reflected in their
                CEDELBANK or EUROCLEAR account to settle the sale side of
                the trade, or

         o      staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of
                the trade so that the value date for the purchase from the
                DTC PARTICIPANT is at least one day before the value date
                for the sale to the CEDELBANK CUSTOMER or EUROCLEAR
                PARTICIPANT.

INVESTOR PERCENTAGE

         The assets of the trust are allocated among:

         o      certificateholders of each series,

         o      providers of uncertificated enhancement backed by
                receivables,

         o      the holders of PARTICIPATIONS, and

         o      the holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE.

         Each series issued by the trust is backed by an amount of
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and amounts on deposit in various trust bank
accounts. The attached prospectus supplement may describe how your series'
INVESTED AMOUNT will be adjusted by the amount of funds deposited in a bank
account or accounts or in any other way. The INVESTED AMOUNT can vary from
period to period, and on any date is generally equal to:

         (initial INVESTED AMOUNT on the series' CLOSING DATE) - (total
         principal payments made to the series' certificateholders) -
         (total unreimbursed charge-offs and reallocated principal
         collections for the series) - (the amount of any DHRC purchase and
         subsequent cancellation of any certificates)

         Any COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT in a series will also be included
in that series' INVESTED AMOUNT. If your series includes a COLLATERAL
INVESTED AMOUNT, a description will be included in the attached prospectus
supplement. During each series' REVOLVING PERIOD, the INVESTED AMOUNT is
expected to remain constant to the extent noted in the attached prospectus
supplement unless certificates are purchased by DHRC.

         The total INVESTED AMOUNT in the trust is the sum of the INVESTED
AMOUNTS for all series issued from the trust.

         The certificates of each series represent undivided interests in
the assets of the trust, including the right to each series' INVESTOR
PERCENTAGE of all cardholder payments on receivables in the trust.
Certificateholders of each series will receive varying amounts of
collections of principal and finance charges each month, and will also be
allocated a varying portion of receivables in defaulted accounts written
off during each month. Principal collections, finance charge collections
and receivables in defaulted accounts may be allocated to your series in
different ways: the attached prospectus supplement will describe how the
various INVESTOR PERCENTAGES are calculated. If your series includes
multiple classes of certificates, collections allocated to your series may
be further allocated among each class.

         As a certificateholder, your right to collections is limited to
the amounts needed to make required payments to you. Collections allocated
to your series or your class of certificates might be reallocated. The
attached prospectus supplement and the POOLING AGREEMENT explain how
collections will be allocated to, or reallocated from, your certificates.

         Each series of certificates may be included in a group of series.
Series in a group may share excess principal collections, finance charge
collections or both among themselves. The attached prospectus supplement
will state if your series is in a group and, if it is, what other series in
your group were outstanding on your series' CLOSING DATE. In addition, the
attached prospectus supplement will state if classes of your series are
entitled to SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS and EXCESS TRANSFEROR
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS.

         Each series of certificates represents interests in the trust
only, and does not represent interests in or recourse obligations of RNB,
DHCC or DHRC or any of their affiliates. A certificate is not a deposit and
neither the certificates nor the underlying trust accounts or receivables
are insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other governmental agency.

INTEREST

         Interest will accrue from the CLOSING DATE on the related
certificate principal balance, or other amount specified in the related
prospectus supplement, at the CERTIFICATE RATE. The CERTIFICATE RATE may be
a fixed, floating or variable rate as specified in the related prospectus
supplement. Interest will be distributed to certificateholders on the
DISTRIBUTION DATES specified in the related prospectus supplement.

         Interest payments on any DISTRIBUTION DATE will most likely be
funded from collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES allocated to the
certificateholders' interest during the previous MONTHLY PERIOD. Interest
payments on any DISTRIBUTION DATE may also be funded from:

         o      investment earnings on funds held in accounts of the trust,

         o      collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES allocated
                initially to certificateholders of other series or DHRC as
                holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE,

         o      any applicable enhancement, if necessary, or

         o      other amounts as specified in the related prospectus
                supplement.

         If the DISTRIBUTION DATES for payment of interest for a series or
class occur less frequently than monthly, any collections or other amounts
may be deposited in one or more trust accounts for distribution to the
certificateholders of that series or class. Each class may have a separate
INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT if a series has more than one class of
certificates.

         The prospectus supplement relating to each series of certificates
and each class will describe:

         o      the amounts and sources of interest payments to be made,

         o      the CERTIFICATE RATE, and

         o      for a series or class bearing interest at a floating or a
                variable CERTIFICATE RATE:

                -     the dates and the manner for determining the
                      CERTIFICATE RATES, and

                -     the formula, index or other method by which the
                      CERTIFICATE RATES are determined.

PRINCIPAL

         No principal payments will be made to the certificateholders of a
series during the REVOLVING PERIOD, except to the extent specified in the
related prospectus supplement. Principal will be paid to the
certificateholders in the amounts and on the DISTRIBUTION DATES specified
in the related prospectus supplement or will be accumulated in a PRINCIPAL
FUNDING ACCOUNT for later distribution to certificateholders on the
EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE during:

         o      the CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD,

         o      the PRINCIPAL AMORTIZATION PERIOD,

         o      the ACCUMULATION PERIOD,

         o      the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD, or

         o      the RAPID ACCUMULATION PERIOD.

         Principal payments for any series or class will be funded from
collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES received during the related MONTHLY
PERIOD or periods allocated to that series or shared from other series or
from DHRC as holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE and from other sources as
specified in the related prospectus supplement. These payments will be
allocated to the certificateholders' interest of the related series or
class. If a series has more than one class of certificates, the
certificateholders of one or more classes may receive payments of principal
at different times. The related prospectus supplement will describe the
manner, timing and priority of payments of principal to certificateholders
of each class.

         Funds on deposit in any PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT for any series
may have a guaranteed rate or investment agreement or other arrangement.
This is intended to assure a specified rate of return on the investment of
the funds. A principal guaranty or other similar arrangement may be used to
enhance the likelihood of the payment in full of the principal amount of a
series of certificates or class at the end of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD.

DISCOUNT OPTION

         Under the POOLING AGREEMENT, DHRC may assign a specified fixed or
floating percentage of the amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES from the
accounts to be treated as FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES. The circumstances
under which DHRC may exercise its option to discount PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES
may include a time when the TRUST PORTFOLIO YIELD is declining and
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES are available in sufficient quantity to allow for
discounting. DHRC may increase, reduce or eliminate the DISCOUNT PERCENTAGE
for DISCOUNT OPTION RECEIVABLES from the accounts on and after the date of
the change, without notice to or consent of the certificateholders.

         DHRC must give 30 days' notice in writing to the servicer, the
trustee and each rating agency of any increase, reduction or elimination of
the DISCOUNT PERCENTAGE. The increase, reduction or elimination will become
effective on the date specified in the notice after DHRC delivers to the
trustee a certificate of an authorized officer stating that the increase,
reduction or elimination will not cause an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT or an
event which with notice or the lapse of time would cause an EARLY
AMORTIZATION EVENT to occur. DHRC, the servicer and the trustee must also
receive written notice from each rating agency that an increase of the
DISCOUNT PERCENTAGE will not have a RATINGS EFFECT if this increase would
cause the DISCOUNT PERCENTAGE to exceed 3%.

         Collections on the date of processing during the time the DISCOUNT
OPTION is in effect will be considered collections of FINANCE CHARGE
RECEIVABLES in an amount equal to the product of:

         o      a fraction whose numerator is the amount of DISCOUNT OPTION
                RECEIVABLES and whose denominator is the amount of all
                PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES, including DISCOUNT OPTION
                RECEIVABLES, at the end of the previous MONTHLY PERIOD, and

         o      collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES, before any reduction
                for FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES which are DISCOUNT OPTION
                RECEIVABLES.

         Any designation of DISCOUNT OPTION RECEIVABLES would result in an
increase in the amount of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES and a corresponding
increase in the PORTFOLIO YIELD for each series and a reduction in the
amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and a lower payment rate of collections
from PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES. For this reason, the effect on
certificateholders will be to:

         o      decrease the likelihood of an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT
                based on a reduction of the average PORTFOLIO YIELD for any
                designated period to a rate below the average BASE RATE,

         o      increase the likelihood that the transferor will be
                required to add PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES to the trust, and

         o      increase the likelihood of an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT if
                additional PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES were not available to
                balance the reduction in the total amount of PRINCIPAL
                RECEIVABLES.

THE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

         The certificate evidencing the TRANSFEROR'S INTEREST in the trust
is referred to as the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE. The POOLING AGREEMENT
provides that the transferor may exchange a portion of the TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE for one or more SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATES representing an
interest in the TRANSFEROR'S INTEREST for transfer or assignment to a
person named by the transferor after the execution and delivery of a
supplement to the POOLING AGREEMENT, only if:

         o      the transfer will not result in a RATINGS EFFECT,

         o      the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, excluding the interest represented
                by any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, will not be less than the
                REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT as of the date of the
                exchange, and

         o      the transferor delivers to the trustee and each rating
                agency a tax opinion.

         Any subsequent transfer or assignment of a SUPPLEMENTAL
CERTIFICATE will require a tax opinion and cannot result in a RATINGS
EFFECT.

NEW ISSUANCES

         The POOLING AGREEMENT allows the transferor to direct the trustee
to issue a new series. Each new issuance will have the effect of decreasing
the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT by the INVESTED AMOUNT.

         The transferor, the servicer, the trustee and the trust are not
required to and do not intend to obtain the consent of, or allow prior
review by, any certificateholder of any outstanding series to issue any
additional series. The transferor may offer any series to the public under
a prospectus or other disclosure document in transactions either registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or exempt from registration.
Each new series may be offered:

         o      directly, through one or more underwriters or placement
                agents,

         o      in fixed-price offerings, or

         o      in negotiated transactions or otherwise.

         Any new series may be issued in fully registered or book-entry
form in minimum denominations determined by the transferor.

         Under the POOLING AGREEMENT, the transferor may designate
principal terms so that each series has an ACCUMULATION PERIOD, a
CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD, or a PRINCIPAL AMORTIZATION PERIOD. In
addition, one or more series may be in their ACCUMULATION PERIOD,
CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD or PRINCIPAL AMORTIZATION PERIOD while other
series are not.

         The related prospectus supplement specifies if collections of
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES otherwise available to a series that is not
amortizing or accumulating principal may be treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS and reallocated to a series that is amortizing or accumulating
principal. In addition, collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and FINANCE
CHARGE RECEIVABLES otherwise payable to the transferor may be designated to
be paid to the certificateholders of the applicable series. Each series may
have the benefits of enhancement issued by enhancement providers different
from the enhancement providers used in any other series. Under the POOLING
AGREEMENT, the trustee will hold the enhancement only on behalf of the
certificateholders of the series to which the enhancement is given. For
each enhancement, the transferor may deliver a different form of
enhancement agreement.

         The transferor also has the option under the POOLING AGREEMENT to
vary among series the terms on which a series may be repurchased by the
transferor or remarketed to other investors. There is no limit to the
number of new issuances the transferor may issue under the POOLING
AGREEMENT. The trust will end only as described in the POOLING AGREEMENT.
There can be no assurance that the terms of any series might not have an
impact on the timing and amount of payments received by a certificateholder
of another series.

         A new issuance may only be issued after the satisfaction of the
conditions given in the POOLING AGREEMENT and under the related SERIES
SUPPLEMENT. The obligation of the trustee to authenticate the certificates
of each new series and to execute and deliver the related SERIES SUPPLEMENT
must satisfy the following conditions:

         o      the transferor gives the trustee, the servicer and each
                rating agency written notice of the new issuance and its
                date of issuance, at least five business days before the
                date of the new issuance,

         o      the transferor delivers to the trustee the related SERIES
                SUPPLEMENT, in a form satisfactory to the trustee, executed
                by each party to the POOLING AGREEMENT except the trustee,

         o      the transferor delivers to the trustee the related
                enhancement agreement, if any, executed by each party to
                that agreement,

         o      the transferor, the servicer, and the trustee receive
                confirmation from each rating agency that the new issuance
                will not result in a RATINGS EFFECT,

         o      the transferor delivers to the trustee and enhancement
                providers, if any, a certificate of an authorized officer,
                dated the date of the new issuance, stating that the
                transferor reasonably believes that the issuance will not,
                based on the facts known to the officer at the time of the
                certification, cause an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT to occur
                for any series,

         o      the transferor delivers to the trustee and each rating
                agency an opinion of counsel acceptable to the trustee that
                for federal income tax purposes:

                -     following the new issuance the trust will not be
                      considered to be an association, or publicly traded
                      partnership, taxable as a corporation,

                -     the new issuance will not adversely affect the tax
                      classification as debt of certificates of any
                      outstanding series or class that were properly
                      classified as debt at the time of their issuance, and

                -     the new issuance will not cause or become an event in
                      which gain or loss would be recognized by holders of
                      certificates classified as debt at the time of their
                      issuance,

         o      the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, excluding the interest represented
                by any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, will not be less than the
                REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT on the date of the new
                issuance, and

         o      any other conditions specified in any SERIES SUPPLEMENT.

         After satisfying these conditions, the trustee will execute the
SERIES SUPPLEMENT and issue to the transferor the certificates of the new
series for execution and redelivery to the trustee for authentication.

         The POOLING AGREEMENT provides that, under any one or more
supplements to the POOLING AGREEMENT, the transferor may require the
trustee to issue on behalf of the trust one or more PARTICIPATIONS, to be
delivered to or at the order of the transferor, but only if:

         o      the issuance will not result in a RATINGS EFFECT,

         o      the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, excluding the interest represented
                by any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, will not be less than the
                REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, and

         o      the transferor delivers to the trustee and each rating
                agency a tax opinion, dated the date of the issuance.

         Any PARTICIPATION may be transferred or exchanged upon the
satisfaction of the first and third bullet points above. Each PARTICIPATION
will entitle its holder to a specified PARTICIPATION PERCENTAGE of all
collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES and any
other trust assets to the extent specified in the PARTICIPATION SUPPLEMENT.
The trust has issued a PARTICIPATION to RNB.

COLLECTION ACCOUNT

         The servicer has established and will maintain in the name of the
trust and for the benefit of the certificateholders of each series, an
ELIGIBLE DEPOSIT ACCOUNT called the COLLECTION ACCOUNT. An ELIGIBLE DEPOSIT
ACCOUNT is either:

         o      a segregated account with an ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION, or

         o      a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
                department of a depository institution or any domestic
                branch of a foreign bank having securities rated as
                investment grade from each rating agency.

         An ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION means:

         o      a United States depository institution which at all times:

                -     has a rating by Moody's of either a long-term
                      unsecured debt rating of "A2" or better or a
                      certificate of deposit rating of "P-1",

                -     has a rating by Standard & Poor's of either a
                      long-term unsecured debt rating of "AAA" or a
                      certificate of deposit rating of "A-1+", and

                -     is a member of the FDIC, or

         o      any other institution that is acceptable to each rating
                agency.

         The COLLECTION ACCOUNT will initially be maintained with the
trustee. If at any time the COLLECTION ACCOUNT cannot be maintained as an
ELIGIBLE DEPOSIT ACCOUNT, the COLLECTION ACCOUNT will be moved so that it
will again be qualified as an ELIGIBLE DEPOSIT ACCOUNT. Funds in the
COLLECTION ACCOUNT will be invested in the following ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS:

         o      obligations fully guaranteed by the United States,

         o      demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit
                of depository institutions or trust companies having at the
                time of investment the highest short term debt rating from
                Moody's and Standard & Poor's,

         o      commercial paper, or other short-term obligations, having,
                at the time of the trust's investment, a rating in the
                highest rating category from Moody's and Standard & Poor's,

         o      demand deposits, time deposits and certificates of deposit
                which are fully insured by the FDIC,

         o      notes or bankers' acceptances issued by any depository
                institution or trust company having the highest rating from
                Moody's and Standard & Poor's,

         o      time deposits with an entity having the highest rating from
                Moody's and Standard & Poor's, and

         o      any other investments approved in writing by each rating
                agency which would not cause the trust to become an
                "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment
                Company Act of 1940, as amended.

         Any earnings, net of losses and investment expenses, on funds in
the COLLECTION ACCOUNT will be treated as collections of FINANCE CHARGE
RECEIVABLES on the last day of the MONTHLY PERIOD. The servicer has the
revocable power to withdraw funds from the COLLECTION ACCOUNT and to
instruct the trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the COLLECTION
ACCOUNT for the purpose of carrying out its duties under the POOLING
AGREEMENT and the SERIES SUPPLEMENTS. Under the POOLING AGREEMENT, a paying
agent will be appointed having the revocable power to withdraw funds from
the COLLECTION ACCOUNT to make distributions to the certificateholders. The
paying agent will initially be the trustee.

DEPOSITS IN COLLECTION ACCOUNT

         The servicer will generally deposit all collections received from
the receivables in each MONTHLY PERIOD into the COLLECTION ACCOUNT not
later than two business days after the date of processing unless the
conditions described below are satisfied. The servicer will make the
deposits and payments to the accounts and parties described in the related
prospectus supplement on the date of the deposit. RNB, as servicer, may use
for its own benefit all collections received from the receivables in each
MONTHLY PERIOD until the business day preceding the related DISTRIBUTION
DATE if RNB:

         o      gives the trustee a letter of credit covering collection
                risk of the servicer acceptable to each rating agency, or

         o      Dayton Hudson has and maintains a commercial paper rating
                of at least "A-1" by Standard & Poor's and at least "P-1"
                by Moody's.

         RNB currently has not given a letter of credit and Dayton Hudson
does not currently maintain the required rating for use of the collections.
The transferor may not have a perfected security interest in the
collections held by RNB if RNB goes into insolvency or receivership or with
the lapse of time periods. The servicer will only be required to deposit
collections into the COLLECTION ACCOUNT up to the total amount of
collections required to be deposited into an account established for any
series, or, without duplication, distributed on the related DISTRIBUTION
DATE or payment date to certificateholders of any series or to the issuer
of any enhancement under the terms of any SERIES SUPPLEMENT. If at any time
before the DISTRIBUTION DATE or payment date the amount of collections
deposited in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT exceeds the amount required to be so
deposited the servicer will be permitted to withdraw the excess from the
COLLECTION ACCOUNT.

SHARING OF EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS AND EXCESS TRANSFEROR
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS

         The related prospectus supplement specifies if the
certificateholders of a series or any class may be entitled to receive all
or a portion of EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS of another series
included in the same group of series to cover any shortfalls on amounts
payable from collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES allocable to that
series or class. EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD
will equal the excess of collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES and
other amounts allocated to the certificateholders' interest of a series or
class over the sum of:

         o      interest accrued for the current month and overdue Monthly
                Interest on the certificates,

         o      accrued and unpaid monthly servicing fees,

         o      the INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT,

         o      unreimbursed INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS, and

         o      other amounts specified in the related prospectus
                supplement.

         EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS will be applied to cover any
shortfalls to amounts payable from collections of FINANCE CHARGE
RECEIVABLES allocable to any other series in the same group. EXCESS FINANCE
CHARGE COLLECTIONS will be distributed evenly to each series based on the
amount of the shortfall, if any, to each other series in that group. While
any series offered may be included in a group, there can be no assurance
that any other series will be included in that group or that there will be
any EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS available to that group for any
MONTHLY PERIOD.

         The servicer allocates to the transferor collections of FINANCE
CHARGE RECEIVABLES allocable to the TRANSFEROR'S INTEREST exceeding the
amounts necessary to make required payments to any SUPPLEMENTAL
CERTIFICATES. All other amounts otherwise payable to the transferor from
collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES will be applied to cover any
shortfalls, after the servicer applies EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS,
in amounts payable from collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES allocable
to each series. The EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS will be
applied to cover any shortfalls regardless of whether the collections were
initially allocated to DHRC, as the transferor, or to any series. These
collections will be distributed evenly based upon the amount of the
remaining shortfall to each other series designated in the applicable
SERIES SUPPLEMENT as being entitled to receive EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE
CHARGE COLLECTIONS.

         Any EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS remaining after
covering shortfalls to all designated series will be treated as SHARED
TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE
COLLECTIONS permit coverage of shortfalls to amounts payable from
collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES and EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE
COLLECTIONS allocable to a series by using collections of FINANCE CHARGE
RECEIVABLES which would otherwise be paid to the transferor.

SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS

         The related prospectus supplement will specify if collections of
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for any MONTHLY PERIOD allocated to the
certificateholders' interest of that series, after required distributions
for that series, will be available to other series. The servicer will
determine SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS as follows:

         o      the amount of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for any
                MONTHLY PERIOD, plus

         o      other amounts described in the SERIES SUPPLEMENT of that
                series, allocated to that series remaining after covering
                the required deposits and distributions and any similar
                amount remaining for any other series, plus

         o      the amount of any payment received by the trustee from the
                holder of any PARTICIPATION or any increase in the
                principal amount of the PARTICIPATION.

         The servicer will allocate the SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS to
cover any principal distributions to certificateholders and deposits to
PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNTS for any series that are either scheduled or
permitted and that have not been covered out of the investor principal
collections and other amounts for that series. If these PRINCIPAL
SHORTFALLS exceed SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD,
SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS will be allocated evenly among the applicable
series based on the respective PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS of each series. To the
extent that SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS exceed PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS, the
balance will be allocated to the holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE, but
only if:

         o      the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, excluding the interest represented
                by any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, is greater than the
                REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, or

         o      in all other circumstances the SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
                will be deposited in the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT.

         Any reallocation of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES will not
result in a reduction in the INVESTED AMOUNT of the series to which
collections were initially allocated. There can be no assurance that there
will be any SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS in any MONTHLY PERIOD.

         The servicer will determine the amount of any SHARED TRANSFEROR
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS is the
amount of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for any MONTHLY PERIOD
allocated to the TRANSFEROR'S INTEREST but not due to the holder of any
SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE and other amounts payable to the transferor from
collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES, plus the amount of EXCESS TRANSFEROR
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS remaining after being applied to amounts payable
from collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES. This determination will be
made regardless of whether the collections were initially allocated to the
transferor or any series.

         The servicer will allocate the SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS to cover any PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS that have not been covered
out of the SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. If PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS remaining
after applying SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS exceed SHARED TRANSFEROR
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD, SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS will be allocated evenly among each series based on the
respective remaining PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS of each series.

         To the extent that SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS exceed
PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS remaining after applying the SHARED PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS, the balance will be paid to the holder of the TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE. SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS permit coverage of
PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS remaining after applying SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
by using collections that would have been paid to the transferor and in
some circumstances may allow the length of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD to be
shorter. There can be no assurance that there will be any SHARED TRANSFEROR
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS in any MONTHLY PERIOD.

SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT

         The servicer will establish and maintain in the name of the trust,
for the benefit of the certificateholders of all series, a SPECIAL FUNDING
ACCOUNT which will be an ELIGIBLE DEPOSIT ACCOUNT. Whenever the TRANSFEROR
AMOUNT, excluding the interest represented by any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE,
would otherwise be less than the REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, funds
otherwise payable to the transferor will be deposited in the SPECIAL
FUNDING ACCOUNT on each business day until the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, excluding
the interest represented by any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, is at least equal
to the REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT.

         Funds on deposit in the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT will be withdrawn
and paid to the transferor to the extent that following the distribution
the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, excluding the interest represented by any
SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, will continue to exceed the REQUIRED RETAINED
TRANSFEROR AMOUNT. The SERIES SUPPLEMENT may provide for the payments to be
made to certificateholders instead of the transferor. Deposits in and
withdrawals from the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT may be made on a daily basis.

         Funds on deposit in the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT will be invested
by the trustee at the direction of the servicer in ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS
selected by the servicer. All net investment income earned on amounts in
the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT during each MONTHLY PERIOD will be withdrawn
from the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT and treated as collections of FINANCE
CHARGE RECEIVABLES for that MONTHLY PERIOD.

PAIRED SERIES

         Each series may be paired with another series only if specified in
the attached prospectus supplement. A paired series is a series which has
been paired with a previously issued series and has an INVESTED AMOUNT that
increases as the INVESTED AMOUNT of the previously issued series decreases,
or any series designated as a paired series in the related SERIES
SUPPLEMENT. The prospectus supplement will specify the relationship between
the paired series.

FUNDING PERIOD

         The related prospectus supplement may specify a FUNDING PERIOD
that begins on the CLOSING DATE and ends on a specified date before the
start of an AMORTIZATION PERIOD or an ACCUMULATION PERIOD. During the
FUNDING PERIOD, the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust may
be less than the total principal amount of the certificates of that series.
The amount of this deficiency will be held in a trust account established
with the trustee for the benefit of the certificateholders of that series
awaiting the transfer of additional PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES to the trust or
awaiting the reduction of the INVESTED AMOUNTS of other series.

         The related prospectus supplement for a series will define:

         o      the initial INVESTED AMOUNT on the CLOSING DATE,

         o      the total principal amount, and

         o      the date when the INVESTED AMOUNT is expected to equal the
                total principal amount.

         The INVESTED AMOUNT will increase as receivables are delivered to
the trust or as the INVESTED AMOUNTS of other series are reduced. The
INVESTED AMOUNT may also decrease due to INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS as described
in the related prospectus supplement.

         During the FUNDING PERIOD, funds on deposit in the PRE-FUNDING
ACCOUNT for a series of certificates will be withdrawn and paid to the
transferor to the extent there are any increases in the INVESTED AMOUNT. If
the INVESTED AMOUNT does not for any reason equal the full INVESTED AMOUNT
by the end of the FUNDING PERIOD, any amount remaining in the PRE-FUNDING
ACCOUNT and any additional amounts specified in the related prospectus
supplement will be payable to the certificateholders of that series
described in the related prospectus supplement.

         The related prospectus supplement specifies if monies in the
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT:

         o      are invested by the trustee in ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS,

         o      have a guaranteed rate, or

         o      have an investment agreement or other similar arrangement.

         In connection with each DISTRIBUTION DATE during the FUNDING
PERIOD, investment earnings on funds in the PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT will be
withdrawn from the PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT and deposited, together with any
other payment under a guaranteed rate or investment agreement or other
similar arrangement, into the COLLECTION ACCOUNT for distribution as
interest on the certificates of that series as specified in the related
prospectus supplement.

DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES

         The DEFAULTED AMOUNT for any MONTHLY PERIOD will be an amount, not
less than zero, equal to the amount of DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES for each day
in that MONTHLY PERIOD minus the sum of:

         o      the amount of any DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES for which the
                TRANSFEROR AMOUNT is reduced because of the assignment of a
                principal balance of zero for purposes of determining the
                total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES or for which the
                servicer becomes obligated to accept assignment during that
                MONTHLY PERIOD, in either case because of a breach of a
                representation, warranty or covenant contained in the
                POOLING AGREEMENT,

         o      the total amount of recoveries received in the MONTHLY
                PERIOD for both FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES and PRINCIPAL
                RECEIVABLES which were previously charged-off as
                uncollectible, and

         o      the excess, if any, for the immediately preceding MONTHLY
                PERIOD of the total amount subtracted under these bullet
                points over the amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES that became
                DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES.

         Receivables in any account will be charged-off as uncollectible
under the CREDIT CARD GUIDELINES. This policy is currently to charge off
the receivables in an account when that account becomes 180 days
delinquent. DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES are automatically removed from the trust
and may be sold after reconveyance to DHRC.

DILUTION

         The amount of the PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust will be
reduced if:

         o      the servicer adjusts downward the amount of any PRINCIPAL
                RECEIVABLE (except INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES that have been or
                are to be reassigned to the transferor), because of a
                rebate, refund, counterclaim, defense, error, fraudulent
                charge or counterfeit charge to a cardholder,

         o      the PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLE was created out of merchandise
                that was refused or returned by a cardholder, or

         o      the servicer adjusts downward the amount of any PRINCIPAL
                RECEIVABLE without receiving collections or charging off
                the amount as uncollectible.

         The transferor will be required to pay an amount equal to the
deficiency into the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT if the exclusion of any
receivables would cause the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, excluding the interest
represented by any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, at that time to be less than
the REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT.

EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

         An EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT for each series would occur
automatically when:

         o      RNB, DHCC, DHRC, or any holder of the TRANSFEROR
                CERTIFICATE is bankrupt, insolvent or enters receivership,

         o      the trust becomes an "investment company" within the
                meaning of the Investment Company Act,

         o      the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, except for any interest from any
                SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, is less than the REQUIRED
                RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, or

         o      the transferor becomes unable for any reason to transfer
                receivables to the trust.

         The related prospectus supplement for any series may specify
additional EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS that apply to that series.

         The EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD or the RAPID ACCUMULATION PERIOD, if
specified for a series, will begin on the date an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT
occurs. Certificateholders may begin receiving distributions of principal
earlier than expected if the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD or the RAPID
ACCUMULATION PERIOD begins before the series CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION
PERIOD, the PRINCIPAL AMORTIZATION PERIOD or before an EXPECTED FINAL
PAYMENT DATE. This may shorten the average life of the certificates.

DEFEASANCE

         The transferor may, at its option, be discharged from its
obligations on any series or all outstanding series under the following
conditions:

         o      the transferor deposits ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS with the
                trustee, under an irrevocable trust agreement, which
                provides for scheduled payment of principal and interest
                sufficient to pay and discharge all remaining scheduled
                interest and principal payments on all outstanding
                certificates of the defeased series and any amounts owing
                to any enhancement providers,

         o      the transferor delivers to the trustee a tax opinion on the
                deposit of ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS and the termination of
                obligations,

         o      the transferor delivers to the trustee an opinion of
                counsel stating that the deposit and termination of
                obligations will not result in the trust being regulated as
                an "investment company" within the meaning of the
                Investment Company Act,

         o      the transferor delivers to the trustee a certificate of an
                officer of the transferor stating that the transferor
                reasonably believes that the deposit and termination of its
                obligations will not cause an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT or
                cause any event that would cause an EARLY AMORTIZATION
                EVENT to occur, and

         o      a RATINGS EFFECT will not occur.

         The transferor may then cause collections from the defeased series
to be used to buy ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS rather than additional receivables.

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

         The servicer will provide to the trustee and each rating agency,
by the third business day before each DISTRIBUTION DATE, a monthly report
providing the following information:

         o      the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and FINANCE
                CHARGE RECEIVABLES as of the end of that MONTHLY PERIOD,

         o      the INVESTED AMOUNT for each series and the INVESTED AMOUNT
                allocated to each class,

         o      the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE and PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION
                PERCENTAGE,

         o      the amount of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and
                FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES processed during that MONTHLY
                PERIOD and the portion allocated to the certificateholders'
                interest,

         o      the total outstanding balance of accounts which were 30,
                60, 90 and 120 days or more delinquent at the end of the
                MONTHLY PERIOD,

         o      the DEFAULTED AMOUNT and the portion allocated to the
                certificateholders' interest,

         o      the amount, if any, of charge-offs on the
                certificateholders' interest and the portion allocable to
                each class,

         o      the monthly servicing fee,

         o      the PORTFOLIO YIELD, and

         o      the BASE RATE.

         On each payment date, the monthly report will include the
following additional information about the other outstanding series:

         o      the total amount distributed,

         o      the amount of principal distributed,

         o      the amount of interest distributed, and

         o      the excess of unpaid principal balance over the INVESTED
                AMOUNT as of the
                RECORD DATE.

         On each DISTRIBUTION DATE the trustee will provide each
certificateholder of record with a copy of the monthly report. The servicer
and the trustee will not be required to provide any reports directly to
beneficial owners. See "--Book-Entry Registration" for a general
description of DTC procedures.

         On or before January 31 of each calendar year, the trustee will
provide to any certificateholder of record during the preceding year a
statement containing the information required to be given by an issuer of
debt under the Internal Revenue Code along with any other customary
information which is necessary to allow the certificateholders to prepare
their tax returns. See "Tax Matters" for a detailed discussion.

LIST OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

         Certificateholders representing 10% or more of the total unpaid
principal amount of the certificates of a series, or of all outstanding
series, may request access to the current list of certificateholders of the
series, or of all outstanding series, for purposes of communicating with
other certificateholders about their rights under the POOLING AGREEMENT,
any SERIES SUPPLEMENT or the certificates. See "--Book-Entry Registration"
and "--Definitive Certificates" for a description of the circumstances in
which Definitive Certificates may be issued.

         The POOLING AGREEMENT does not provide for any annual or other
meetings of certificateholders.


                                ENHANCEMENT

         The related prospectus supplement will state if the trust provides
enhancement for one or more classes of a series, including your series,
offered by this prospectus. If so, any form of enhancement may be
structured so as to be drawn upon by more than one class to the extent
described in that prospectus supplement.

         The type, characteristics and amount of enhancement for any series
or class:

         o      will be determined based on several factors, including the
                characteristics of the receivables and accounts included in
                the trust portfolio as of the CLOSING DATE for that series
                and the desired rating for each class, and

         o      will be established on the basis of requirements of each
                rating agency rating the certificates of that series or
                class.

         Enhancement may be in the form of:

         o      the subordination of one or more classes of the
                certificates of a series,

         o      the establishment of any cash collateral guaranty or
                account,

         o      a COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT,

         o      a letter of credit,

         o      a surety bond,

         o      an insurance policy,

         o      a guaranteed rate agreement,

         o      a maturity guaranty facility,

         o      a tax protection agreement,

         o      an interest rate swap or cap,

         o      a spread account,

         o      a reserve account,

         o      the use of cross-support features, or

         o      any combination of the foregoing.

         Enhancement will not provide protection against all risks of loss
or guarantee repayment of the entire principal balance of the certificates
and/or payment of interest. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered
by enhancement or which are not covered by enhancement, certificateholders
will bear their allocable share of deficiencies.

         If enhancement is provided for a series or class of certificates,
the related prospectus supplement will describe:

         o      the amount payable under the enhancement,

         o      any additional conditions to payment under enhancement not
                described in this prospectus,

         o      the conditions, if any, under which:

                -     the amount payable under enhancement may be reduced, and

                -     enhancement may be ended or replaced, and

         o      any material provision of any agreement relating to
                enhancement.

         The related prospectus supplement may also provide information
about any enhancement provider, including:

         o      a brief description of its principal business activities,

         o      its principal place of business, place of incorporation and
                the jurisdiction under which it is chartered or licensed to
                do business,

         o      if applicable, the identity of regulatory agencies which
                exercise primary jurisdiction over the conduct of its
                business, and

         o      its total assets, and its stockholders' or policy holders'
                surplus, if applicable, and other appropriate financial
                information as of the date specified in the related
                prospectus supplement.

         The related prospectus supplement may specify if enhancement for a
series may be available to pay principal of the series' certificates after
EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS occur for that series. If so, the enhancement
provider may have an interest in cash flows relating to the receivables, to
the extent described in the related prospectus supplement.

SPECIFIC FORMS OF ENHANCEMENT

         The related prospectus supplement will also specify the manner and
to what extent the following forms of enhancement or other enhancement
applies to your series of certificates or any class of your series:

         SUBORDINATION

         One or more classes of certificates of any series may be
subordinated as described in the related prospectus supplement to the
extent necessary to fund payments on the senior certificates. The rights of
the holders of any subordinated certificates to receive distributions of
principal and/or interest on any DISTRIBUTION DATE for that series will be
subordinated in right and priority to the rights of the holders of senior
certificates, but only to the extent described in the related prospectus
supplement. The related prospectus supplement may specify if subordination
may apply only for some types of losses not covered by another enhancement.
The related prospectus supplement will also provide information concerning:

         o      the amount of subordination of a class or classes of
                subordinated certificates in a series,

         o      the circumstances in which subordination will be
                applicable,

         o      the manner, if any, in which the amount of subordination
                will decrease over time, and

         o      the conditions under which amounts available from payments
                that would otherwise be made to holders of subordinated
                certificates will be distributed to holders of senior
                certificates.

         If collections of receivables otherwise distributable to holders
of a subordinated class of a series will be used as support for a class of
another series, the related prospectus supplement will specify the manner
and conditions for applying this cross-support feature.

         CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY OR ACCOUNT

         Support for a series or one or more classes of certificates may be
provided by:

         o      a CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY secured by the deposit of cash
                or some eligible investments in a CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT
                reserved for the beneficiaries of the CASH COLLATERAL
                GUARANTY, or

         o      a CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT alone.

         The amount available from the CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY or the CASH
COLLATERAL ACCOUNT will be the lesser of (1) amounts on deposit in the CASH
COLLATERAL ACCOUNT and (2) an amount specified in the related prospectus
supplement. The related prospectus supplement will describe the
circumstances under which payments are made to beneficiaries of the CASH
COLLATERAL GUARANTY from the CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT or from the CASH
COLLATERAL ACCOUNT directly.

         COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT

         An undivided interest in the trust called the COLLATERAL INVESTED
AMOUNT, in an amount initially equal to the percentage of the certificates
of a series specified in the prospectus supplement for that series, may
initially provide support for a series or one or more classes of
certificates. That series may also have the benefit of a CASH COLLATERAL
GUARANTY or CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT with an initial amount on deposit in
that account, if any, as specified in the related prospectus supplement
which will be increased to the extent:

         o      DHRC chooses, under the conditions specified in the related
                prospectus supplement, to apply principal collections
                allocable to the COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT to decrease the
                COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT,

         o      principal collections allocable to the COLLATERAL INVESTED
                AMOUNT are required to be deposited into the CASH
                COLLATERAL ACCOUNT as specified in the related prospectus
                supplement, and

         o      excess finance charge collections are required to be
                deposited into the CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT as specified in
                the related prospectus supplement.

         The total amount of enhancement available from the COLLATERAL
INVESTED AMOUNT and, if applicable, the CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY or CASH
COLLATERAL ACCOUNT will be the lesser of the sum of:

         o      the COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT and the amount on deposit in
                the CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT, and

         o      an amount specified in the related prospectus supplement.

         The related prospectus supplement will describe the circumstances
under which:

         o      payments which otherwise would be made to holders of the
                COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT will be distributed to holders
                of certificates, and

         o      if applicable, payment will be made under the CASH
                COLLATERAL GUARANTY or under the CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT.

         LETTER OF CREDIT

         One or more letters of credit may provide support for a series or
one or more classes of certificates. The letter of credit may provide
limited protection against some losses in addition to or instead of other
enhancement. The issuer of the letter of credit will be obligated to honor
demands as to the letter of credit, to the extent of the amount available
under the letter of credit, to provide funds under the circumstances and
under the conditions specified in the related prospectus supplement.

         SURETY BOND OR INSURANCE POLICY

         A surety bond may be purchased for the benefit of the holders of
any series or class of certificates to assure distributions of interest or
principal for that series or class in the manner and amount specified in
the related prospectus supplement.

         One or more insurance companies may provide insurance, to a series
or one or more classes of certificates, to guarantee, for one or more
classes of that series, distributions of interest or principal in the
manner and amount specified in the related prospectus supplement.

         SPREAD ACCOUNT

         Support for a series or one or more classes of certificates may be
provided by the periodic deposit of available excess cash flow from the
trust assets into a spread account, intended to assist with subsequent
distribution of interest and principal on that series or class in the
manner specified in the related prospectus supplement.

         RESERVE ACCOUNT

         The establishment of a RESERVE ACCOUNT provides support for a
series or one or more classes of certificates. The RESERVE ACCOUNT may be
funded, to the extent provided in the related prospectus supplement, by:

         o      an initial cash deposit,

         o      the retention of excess cash,

         o      periodic distributions of principal or interest or both
                otherwise payable to one or more classes of certificates,
                including subordinated certificates,

         o      the provision of a letter of credit, guarantee, insurance
                policy or other form of credit, or

         o      any combination of these items.

         The RESERVE ACCOUNT will assist with the subsequent distribution
of principal or interest on that series or class in the manner provided in
the related prospectus supplement.


                    THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES

         Under the POOLING AGREEMENT, DHRC has transferred to the trust its
interest in:

         o      all receivables and proceeds existing on and after the
                CUT-OFF DATE in the initial accounts and all receivables
                and proceeds existing on and after each ADDITION DATE in
                any AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS,

         o      any merchant fees and deferred billing fees,

         o      the Receivables Purchase Agreement, and

         o      the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement.

         DHRC must indicate in its computer records that the receivables
from any transfer of receivables to the trust after the AUTOMATIC ADDITION
TERMINATION DATE or the AUTOMATIC ADDITION SUSPENSION DATE and before the
RESTART DATE, have been conveyed to the trust. DHRC must also file all
Uniform Commercial Code financing statements. DHRC will then provide the
trustee with a computer file, microfiche list or printed list containing an
accurate and complete list of each initial account, ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT and
SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT showing:

         o      the account number,

         o      the total outstanding amount, and

         o      the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES.

         The physical documentation relating to the accounts or the
receivables will not be stamped or marked to show the transfer of
receivables to the trust. RNB will retain all other records or agreements
about the accounts or the receivables.

ADDITION OF TRUST ASSETS

         Accounts will be designated to have their receivables added to the
trust automatically as they are originated and the receivables in these
accounts will be immediately sold by the CREDIT CARD ORIGINATOR to DHCC.
These receivables will then be sold by DHCC to DHRC and then transferred by
DHRC to the trust. Each AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT will be included as an
account from the date it is created, and all existing and future
receivables in these accounts will be transferred to the trust after being
purchased by DHRC.

         DHRC may elect at any time to end or suspend the inclusion of
accounts that would otherwise be AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS by
delivering to the trustee, the rating agencies and the servicer, 10 days'
written notice of this election. DHRC will be permitted to continue
designating AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS if the AGGREGATE ADDITION LIMIT
would not be exceeded because of the inclusion of the AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL
ACCOUNTS as accounts. If the AGGREGATE ADDITION LIMIT would be exceeded,
DHRC will not be permitted to continue designating AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL
ACCOUNTS unless:

         o      the DEFAULT PERCENTAGE is less than 10.5%, and

         o      the PAYMENT RATE PERCENTAGE is greater than or equal to
                10.0%, and

         o      the TRUST PORTFOLIO YIELD less the BASE RATE (three month
                average) is greater than or equal to 1.5%.

In any event, the number of accounts to be included as AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL
ACCOUNTS for the related six-month period must be less than or equal to 30%
of the number of accounts as of the first day of the six-month period,
unless such inclusion will not cause a RATINGS EFFECT.

         DHRC intends to continue automatically adding accounts. If DHRC
stops the automatic designation of new accounts, DHRC will not restart
designating AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS until a date specified in a
written notice given by DHRC to the trustee. DHRC will specify in the
notice that on the RESTART DATE the conditions described above will be
satisfied on the RESTART DATE.

         The AGGREGATE ADDITION LIMIT is intended to limit the extent to
which DHRC, by designating AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS, may alter the
composition of the accounts without rating agency consent.

         DHRC must make an addition to the trust on the required
designation date if, on the last business day of any MONTHLY PERIOD,
either:

         o      the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, excluding the interest represented
                by any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, is less than the REQUIRED
                RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, or

         o      the amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust is less
                than the REQUIRED PRINCIPAL BALANCE.

         DHRC will not be required to add receivables in ADDITIONAL
ACCOUNTS if the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, excluding the interest represented by
any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE, equals or exceeds the REQUIRED RETAINED
TRANSFEROR AMOUNT or the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust
equals or exceeds the REQUIRED PRINCIPAL BALANCE before the proposed
ADDITION DATE.

         The receivables to be added will be from receivables generated
from accounts owned by RNB or another CREDIT CARD ORIGINATOR.
Alternatively, PARTICIPATIONS or certificates of undivided interests in a
pool of assets primarily from open end credit card receivables originated
by RNB or another CREDIT CARD ORIGINATOR may be added to the trust. These
PARTICIPATION INTERESTS may, for example, include rights in DHRC's
interests in other trusts which have as their primary assets open end
credit card receivables originated by RNB or another CREDIT CARD
ORIGINATOR. Any PARTICIPATION INTERESTS transferred to the trust must be
registered under the Securities Act or held for at least the Securities Act
Rule 144(k) holding period before transfer to the trust. PARTICIPATION
INTERESTS can be added to the trust only upon satisfaction of the
conditions specified in the POOLING AGREEMENT. There are currently no
PARTICIPATION INTERESTS held by the trust.

         In connection with an addition of a SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT or
PARTICIPATION INTEREST, RNB or another CREDIT CARD ORIGINATOR may sell to
DHCC or DHRC, DHCC if it has purchased will then sell to DHRC and DHRC will
then transfer to the trust the receivables from these accounts on the
following conditions:

         o      on or before the tenth business day before any addition,
                DHRC has given the trustee, the servicer, each rating
                agency and the enhancement providers, if any, written
                notice that the receivables from SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS or
                PARTICIPATION INTERESTS will be included as trust assets,

         o      for SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS, on or before the date the
                receivables are added to the trust, DHRC has delivered to
                the trustee a written assignment and a computer file,
                microfiche list or printed list containing a true and
                complete list of these SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS specifying for
                each account its account number, the total amount
                outstanding in the account and the total amount of
                PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES outstanding in the account,

         o      for an addition other than a required addition, DHRC has
                received confirmation from each rating agency that the
                addition will not result in a RATINGS EFFECT,

         o      for a required addition which exceeds the AGGREGATE
                ADDITION LIMIT, DHRC has provided Standard & Poor's at
                least 10 business days' written notice of each addition and
                Standard & Poor's has notified DHRC that the addition will
                not result in a RATINGS EFFECT, and

         o      on or before the date any receivables or PARTICIPATION
                INTERESTS are added to the trust, DHRC has delivered to the
                trustee and enhancement providers, if any, a certificate of
                an authorized officer stating that:

                -     the SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS are eligible accounts, and

                -     DHRC reasonably believes that:

                o     the addition will not cause an EARLY AMORTIZATION
                      EVENT for any series based on the facts known to the
                      officer at the time of the certification, and

                o     no selection procedure was used by DHRC that would
                      result in a selection of SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS, from
                      the available eligible accounts owned by RNB, that
                      would have a result that would be materially less
                      favorable to the interests of the certificateholders
                      of any series on the date of the addition than a
                      random selection.

         DHRC may direct that the PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the ADDITIONAL
ACCOUNTS be treated as outstanding on the last day of the MONTHLY PERIOD
preceding the MONTHLY PERIOD in which the addition is made for purposes of
calculating FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES and PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION
PERCENTAGES. This direction may be made on the ADDITION DATE only if all
collections from the ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS for the current MONTHLY PERIOD are
deposited in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT.

         Following any addition, the servicer will distribute collections
to the certificateholders' interest of each series and the TRANSFEROR
AMOUNT for the balance of that MONTHLY PERIOD, including the collections
deposited on the ADDITION DATE. Each interest receives the same
distribution of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES, PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and
DEFAULTED AMOUNTS that it would have received if the ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS
had been included in the trust for the entire MONTHLY PERIOD in which the
addition occurred.

         RNB or its affiliates may originate or acquire portfolios of open
end credit card accounts. The receivables in an acquired portfolio, or a
PARTICIPATION INTEREST, may be sold to DHCC, and later sold to DHRC and
then transferred to the trust. These sales must meet the conditions for
additions of SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS or PARTICIPATION INTERESTS.

         ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS or PARTICIPATION INTERESTS may include
accounts originated using criteria different from those that were applied
to the initial accounts. These accounts may have been originated at a later
date or may have been part of a portfolio of open end credit card accounts
that were not part of the RNB portfolio as of the CUT-OFF DATE. Some of
these accounts may have been acquired from other institutions. ADDITIONAL
ACCOUNTS and accounts included in PARTICIPATION INTERESTS may not be of the
same type as those previously included in the trust. For these reasons,
there can be no assurance that the ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS or PARTICIPATION
INTERESTS will be of the same credit quality or have the same payment
characteristics as the initial accounts or the ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS
previously included in the trust.

         ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS of a type different from the initial accounts
may consist of fees, charges and amounts that are different from the
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES and PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the initial RNB
portfolio. PARTICIPATION INTERESTS may be added to the trust. The servicer
will designate the portions of funds collected or to be collected for these
receivables or PARTICIPATION INTERESTS to be treated for purposes of the
POOLING AGREEMENT as PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES.

REMOVAL OF ACCOUNTS

         DHRC has the right to require reassignment to itself, or another
company designated by it, of all of the trust's rights in and to the
receivables from REMOVED ACCOUNTS or PARTICIPATION INTERESTS under the
following conditions:

         o      on or before ten business days before the removal date,
                DHRC gives the trustee, the servicer, each rating agency
                and any enhancement provider written notice of the removal
                including the date for removal of the REMOVED ACCOUNTS and
                PARTICIPATION INTERESTS,

         o      on or before ten business days after the removal date, DHRC
                delivers to the trustee a computer file, microfiche list or
                printed list containing an accurate and complete list of
                the REMOVED ACCOUNTS specifying the account number, the
                total amount outstanding in the account and the total
                amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES outstanding in the account,

         o      DHRC will represent and warrant that as of the removal date
                the list of REMOVED ACCOUNTS delivered to the trustee is
                accurate and complete in all material respects,

         o      DHRC receives confirmation from each rating agency that the
                removal will not result in a RATINGS EFFECT,

         o      DHRC delivers to the trustee and any enhancement provider
                entitled under the SERIES SUPPLEMENT a certificate of an
                authorized officer, dated the removal date, stating that
                DHRC reasonably believes that:

                -     the removal will not cause an EARLY AMORTIZATION
                      EVENT to occur for any series based on the facts then
                      known to such officer, and

                -     no selection procedure materially adverse to the
                      interests of the certificateholders has been used in
                      removing REMOVED ACCOUNTS from any pool of accounts
                      or PARTICIPATION INTERESTS of a similar type, and

         o      DHRC pays the fair market value of the receivables in the
                REMOVED ACCOUNTS to the trust.

         The removal can occur for a number of reasons including a
determination by DHRC that the trust contains more receivables than DHRC is
obligated to retain in the trust under the POOLING AGREEMENT and any SERIES
SUPPLEMENTS and a determination that DHRC does not desire to obtain
additional financing through the trust at that time.

         After satisfying the above conditions, the trustee will execute
and deliver to DHRC or its designee a written reassignment. The trustee
will then be considered to sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise
convey to DHRC or its designee, all of its rights in the receivables
arising in the REMOVED ACCOUNTS or PARTICIPATION INTERESTS.

         Also, on the date when any receivable in an account becomes a
DEFAULTED RECEIVABLE, the trustee will automatically transfer to DHRC, all
of its rights to the DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES, any FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES
which have been charged off as uncollectible in that account, and all
monies due or to become due and proceeds in that account. Each account with
a DEFAULTED RECEIVABLE will be a REMOVED ACCOUNT and the date for removal
will be the first date that any receivable in that account became a
DEFAULTED RECEIVABLE. Collections received from the cardholder or from the
sale of the defaulted account will be treated as collections of PRINCIPAL
RECEIVABLES.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         On the CLOSING DATE, DHRC will represent and warrant to the trust
that:

         o      on the CUT-OFF DATE for each initial account, on the date
                of creation for each AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT, and on
                the ADDITION CUT-OFF DATE for each SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT,
                each account that DHRC classifies as an "eligible account"
                will satisfy the requirements of an eligible account,

         o      on the CUT-OFF DATE for each initial account, on the date
                of creation for each AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT, and on
                the ADDITION CUT-OFF DATE for each SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT,
                each receivable that DHRC classifies as an "eligible
                receivable" will satisfy the requirements of an ELIGIBLE
                RECEIVABLE, and

         o      on the date of creation of any new receivable, that
                receivable will be an ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE.

         A receivable will be designated an INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE and will
be assigned a principal balance of zero for the purpose of determining the
total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES on any day that any representation or
warranty of DHRC is not true and correct in any material respect for any
receivables transferred to the trust by DHRC and, as a result:

         o      the receivables become DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES, or

         o      the trust's rights in and to those receivables or the
                proceeds of those receivables are impaired or are not
                available to the trust free and clear of any lien.

         DHRC may cure any breach of a representation or warranty of
eligibility within 60 days after the earlier to occur of the discovery by
DHRC or the receipt by DHRC of written notice given by the trustee of the
breach. These receivables will not be considered INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES and
these PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES will be included in determining the total
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust if, on any day before the end of the
period:

         o      the relevant representation and warranty is true and
                correct in all material respects as if made on that day,
                and

         o      DHRC has delivered to the trustee a certificate of an
                authorized officer describing the nature of the breach and
                the manner in which the representation and warranty became
                true and correct.

         On and after the date of its designation as an INELIGIBLE
RECEIVABLE, each INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE will not be given credit in
determining the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES used to calculate the
TRANSFEROR AMOUNT, the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE and the PRINCIPAL
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE. On the first DISTRIBUTION DATE following the MONTHLY
PERIOD in which the reassignment obligation arises, DHRC will deposit into
the SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT an amount equal to the REQUIRED RETAINED
TRANSFEROR AMOUNT less the TRANSFEROR AMOUNT (which has been reduced by the
amount of the INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE and which excludes the interest
represented by any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE). The payment of the deposit
amount will be considered payment in full of all of the INELIGIBLE
RECEIVABLES. The obligation of DHRC to make these deposits is the sole
remedy for any breach of the representations and warranties for the
receivable available to certificateholders of any series, the trustee on
behalf of certificateholders, or any enhancement provider.

         DHRC will also make representations and warranties to the trust
that as of the CLOSING DATE:

         o      it is a corporation validly existing and in good standing
                under the laws of the State of Minnesota,

         o      it has the authority to consummate the transactions
                contemplated by the POOLING AGREEMENT and the related
                SERIES SUPPLEMENT and each of these agreements constitutes
                a valid, binding and enforceable agreement of DHRC,

         o      the transfer of receivables by it to the trust under the
                POOLING AGREEMENT is either a valid transfer and assignment
                to the trust of all right, title and interest of DHRC in
                and to the receivables and the proceeds or the grant of a
                security interest under the UCC in the receivables, and

         o      the transfer of the proceeds for each receivable then
                existing on the date of its transfer to the trust or, for
                each receivable arising later, upon its creation, is
                either:

                -     a valid transfer and assignment to the trust of all
                      right, title and interest of
                      DHRC in and to the proceeds, or

                -     the grant of a security interest under the UCC in the
                      proceeds,

                      which will be enforceable in each case except as
                      enforceability may be limited by applicable
                      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
                      other similar laws generally affecting the
                      enforcement of creditors' rights and by general
                      principles of equity, whether considered in a suit at
                      law or in equity.

         If DHRC breaches these representations and warranties and that
breach has a material adverse effect on the certificateholders' interest in
the receivables, either:

         o      the trustee or the holders of certificates evidencing not
                less than 50% of the total unpaid principal amount of the
                certificates of all series, by written notice to DHRC and
                the servicer and to the trustee, may direct DHRC to accept
                the reassignment of the receivables transferred to the
                trust by DHRC within 60 days of the notice, or within a
                longer period specified in the notice, or

         o      the receivables will not be reassigned to DHRC if, on any
                day before the end of a 60-day or longer period:

                -     the relevant representation and warranty is true and
                      correct in all material respects as if made on that
                      day, and

                -     DHRC has delivered to the trustee a certificate of an
                      authorized officer describing the nature of the
                      breach and the manner in which the relevant
                      representation and warranty became true and correct.

         DHRC must accept the reassignment of these receivables on the
first DISTRIBUTION DATE following the MONTHLY PERIOD in which the
reassignment obligation arises. The price for the reassignment will equal:

         o      the total INVESTED AMOUNT for all outstanding series,

         o      amounts invested by enhancement providers, if any, of all
                series on the
                DISTRIBUTION DATE on which the purchase is scheduled to be made,

         o      interest payable to certificateholders on that DISTRIBUTION
                DATE,

         o      any interest amounts that were due but not paid on an
                earlier DISTRIBUTION DATE, and

         o      interest on the overdue interest amounts, if the applicable
                SERIES SUPPLEMENT so provides, at the applicable
                CERTIFICATE RATES through the day before that DISTRIBUTION
                DATE.

         The payment of the reassignment price will be considered a payment
in full of the receivables and those funds will be deposited into the
COLLECTION ACCOUNT. If the trustee or the required percentage of
certificateholders of all series gives a notice, the obligation of DHRC to
make any deposit will be the only remedy for a breach of the
representations and warranties available to certificateholders of all
series, the trustee on behalf of these certificateholders, or any
enhancement provider.

         An eligible account is an open end credit card account, which is
not a commercial account, owned by the CREDIT CARD ORIGINATOR as of the
CUT-OFF DATE for the initial account, on the date of creation for an
AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT, or as of the ADDITION CUT-OFF DATE for a
SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT, and:

         o      is in existence and serviced at the facilities of the
                CREDIT CARD ORIGINATOR or any of its affiliates,

         o      is payable in United States dollars,

         o      has not been identified as an account where the credit
                cards were reported to the CREDIT CARD ORIGINATOR as lost
                or stolen,

         o      has not been, and does not have any receivables that have
                been, sold, pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any
                person unless the pledge or assignment is released on or
                before the CLOSING DATE or the ADDITION DATE,

         o      lacks any receivables that are DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES,

         o      lacks any receivables that have been identified as having
                been incurred because of fraudulent use of any related
                credit card, and

         o      has a cardholder who has provided as his or her billing
                address, an address located in the United States or its
                territories or possessions or a United States military
                address, except, as of any date of determination, up to 4%
                of the number of accounts in the trust portfolio may have
                cardholders who have provided addresses outside of that
                jurisdiction.

         As to a SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT, the addition of this account, other
than a required addition, would not have a RATINGS EFFECT.

         An ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE is a receivable:

         o      which was created in an eligible account,

         o      which was created under the CREDIT CARD GUIDELINES and all
                requirements of law, and under a cardholder agreement which
                follows all requirements of law which may apply to the
                CREDIT CARD ORIGINATOR; provided, however, any failure to
                follow such laws would have a material adverse effect on
                certificateholders,

         o      which has obtained or received all consents, licenses,
                approvals or authorizations of, or registrations with, any
                governmental authority required for the creation of the
                receivable or the execution, delivery and performance by
                the CREDIT CARD ORIGINATOR of the related credit card
                agreement and such items are in full force and effect as of
                the date of the creation of the receivable,

         o      to which DHRC or the trust has good title free and clear of
                all liens and security interests at the time of its
                transfer to the trust, other than any lien for municipal or
                other local taxes,

         o      which has been validly transferred and assigned from DHRC
                to the trust or was granted a security interest,

         o      which is the legal, valid and binding payment obligation of
                the cardholder at and after the time of transfer to the
                trust, legally enforceable against the cardholder under its
                terms,

         o      which is recognized as an "account," a "general intangible"
                or "chattel paper" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC,

         o      which has not been waived or modified at the time of its
                transfer to the trust, except as permitted by the POOLING
                AGREEMENT,

         o      which is not under any right of rescission, setoff,
                counterclaim or other defense of the cardholder at the time
                of its transfer to the trust, including the defense of
                usury, other than bankruptcy or other debtor relief and
                equity-related defenses and adjustments permitted by the
                POOLING AGREEMENT to be made by the servicer,

         o      for which DHRC has satisfied all obligations to be
                fulfilled at the time it is
                transferred to the trust, and

         o      for which DHRC has not taken any action which, or failed to
                take any action the omission of which, would, at the time
                of its transfer to the trust, impair the rights of the
                trust or the certificateholders.

         It is not required or anticipated that the trustee will make any
initial or periodic general examination of any documents or records of the
receivables or the accounts for the purpose of:

         o      establishing the presence or absence of defects,

         o      ensuring compliance with DHRC's representations and
                warranties, or

         o      for any other purpose.

         In addition, it is not anticipated or required that the trustee
make any initial or periodic general examination of the servicer for the
purpose of establishing the compliance by the servicer with its
representations or warranties or the performance by the servicer of its
obligations under the POOLING AGREEMENT or for any other purpose. The
servicer, however, will deliver to the trustee on or before March 31 of
each calendar year an opinion of counsel as to the validity of the interest
of the trust in and to the receivables and other components of the trust.

INDEMNIFICATION

         The POOLING AGREEMENT provides that the servicer will indemnify
the trust and the trustee from and against any loss, liability, expense,
damage or injury suffered or sustained, from the servicer's actions or
omissions relating to the trust.

         Under the POOLING AGREEMENT, DHRC and any holder of the TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE, excluding any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE or PARTICIPATION, have
agreed to be liable directly to an indemnitee for the entire amount of any
losses, claims, damages or liabilities relating to or based on:

         o      the arrangement created by the POOLING AGREEMENT, or

         o      the actions of the servicer

taken as though the POOLING AGREEMENT created a partnership under the
Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act in which DHRC and any holder were
general partners, to the extent that the trust assets that would remain
after the certificateholders and enhancement providers, if any, were paid
in full would be insufficient to pay those amounts.

         This liability for losses, claims, damages or liabilities excludes
those incurred by a certificateholder in the capacity of an investor in the
certificates of any series because of the performance of the receivables,
market fluctuations, a shortfall or failure to make payment under any
enhancement or other similar market or investment risks associated with
ownership of certificates. The servicer will indemnify and hold harmless
DHRC and any holder of a TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE, excluding any SUPPLEMENTAL
CERTIFICATE or PARTICIPATION, for any losses, claims, damages and
liabilities of DHRC and the holder relating to the actions or omissions of
the servicer.

         Except as already mentioned, none of DHRC, any holder of the
TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE, the servicer or any of their directors, officers,
employees or agents will be under any other liability to the trust, the
trustee, the holders of certificates of any series, any enhancement
provider or any other person for any action taken, or for refraining from
taking any action, in good faith under the POOLING AGREEMENT. However, none
of DHRC, any holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE, the servicer or any of
their directors, officers, employees or agents will be protected against
any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful
misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of any person in the performance
of their duties or by reason of reckless disregard of the person's
obligations and duties under the POOLING AGREEMENT.

         The servicer is also not under any obligation to appear in,
prosecute or defend any legal action that is not incidental to its
servicing responsibilities under the POOLING AGREEMENT. The servicer may,
in its own discretion, undertake any legal action which it may believe is
necessary or desirable for the benefit of holders of certificates of any
series relating to the POOLING AGREEMENT and the rights and duties of the
parties to that agreement and the interest of those certificateholders.

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES

         The servicer is responsible for servicing, collecting, enforcing
and administering the receivables under the CREDIT CARD GUIDELINES.

         Servicing activities to be performed by the servicer include:

         o      collecting and recording payments,

         o      communicating with cardholders,

         o      collection activities for delinquent accounts,

         o      evaluating the increase of credit limits and the issuance
                of credit cards,

         o      providing billing and tax records, if any, to cardholders,
                and

         o      maintaining internal records to each account.

         Managerial and custodial services performed by the servicer on
behalf of the trust include:

         o      providing assistance in any inspections of the documents
                and records relating to the accounts and receivables by the
                trustee under the POOLING AGREEMENT,

         o      maintaining the agreements, documents and files relating to
                the accounts and receivables under the credit guidelines as
                custodian for the trust, and

         o      providing data processing and reporting services for
                certificateholders of any series and on behalf of the
                trustee.

         Under the POOLING AGREEMENT, RNB, as servicer, has the right to
delegate any of its responsibilities and obligations as servicer to any of
its affiliates and to any third-party service providers that agree to
conduct RNB's servicing duties under the POOLING AGREEMENT and the CREDIT
CARD GUIDELINES.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

         As compensation for its servicing activities and as reimbursement
for its expenses for any MONTHLY PERIOD, the servicer will receive a
servicing fee payable monthly on each DISTRIBUTION DATE in an amount equal
to one-twelfth of the product of:

         o      the weighted average of the servicing fee rate as specified
                in the applicable SERIES SUPPLEMENT, and

         o      the amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust on the
                last day of the previous MONTHLY PERIOD.

         The share of the servicing fee for any particular series and the
amount invested by any enhancement provider, if any, will be determined by
the provisions of the applicable SERIES SUPPLEMENT. The share of the
servicing fee for any MONTHLY PERIOD not allocated to a particular series
will be paid from amounts allocated to the holder of the TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE and any holder of a PARTICIPATION on that DISTRIBUTION DATE.
None of the trust, the trustee, the certificateholders of any series or any
enhancement provider will be directly liable to pay the share of the
servicing fee for any MONTHLY PERIOD to be paid by any holder of the
TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE or any holder of a PARTICIPATION.

         Each month, the servicer will pay from its servicing compensation
any expenses incurred in connection with servicing the receivables
including:

         o      expenses related to the enforcement of the receivables,

         o      payment of the fees and disbursements of the trustee and
                independent accountants,
                and

         o      other fees that are not expressly stated in the POOLING
                AGREEMENT to be payable by the trust, the
                certificateholders of a series or DHRC (except federal,
                state, local and foreign income, franchise or other taxes
                or any interest or penalties imposed upon the trust).

         If RNB is acting as servicer and fails to pay the fees and
disbursements of the trustee, the trustee will be entitled to receive the
portion of the servicing fee that is equal to the unpaid amounts.
Certificateholders will not be liable to the trustee for the servicer's
failure to pay those amounts, and any amounts so paid to the trustee will
be treated as paid to the servicer for all other purposes of the POOLING
AGREEMENT.

SERVICER COVENANTS

         In the POOLING AGREEMENT, the servicer covenants that:

         o      it will duly fulfill all obligations on its part to be
                fulfilled under or relating to the receivables and the
                related accounts, and will maintain in effect all
                qualifications required by law to service the receivables
                and the related accounts, the failure to comply with which
                would have a material adverse effect on the interests of
                the certificateholders,

         o      under the POOLING AGREEMENT, it will not permit any
                rescission or cancellation of a receivable except as
                ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other
                governmental authority or in the ordinary course of
                business and under the CREDIT CARD GUIDELINES,

         o      it will not do, or omit to do, anything that would
                substantially impair the rights of the certificateholders
                in any receivable or account,

         o      it will not reschedule, revise or defer payments due on the
                receivables except in the ordinary course of its business
                and under the CREDIT CARD GUIDELINES, and

         o      except in connection with its enforcement or collection of
                an account, it will take no action to cause any receivables
                to be evidenced by any instrument, except an instrument
                that, together with one or more other writings, constitutes
                chattel paper, and if any receivable is so evidenced, it
                will be reassigned or assigned to the servicer.

         If any of the representations, warranties or covenants of the
servicer for any receivable or the related account are breached the
servicer can cure the breach within 60 days of the earlier to occur of the
discovery of that breach by the servicer or receipt by the servicer of
written notice of that breach given by the trustee. The trustee, however,
may agree to a cure period of up to 150 days. If the breach is not cured,
all receivables in the account or accounts to which the breach relates will
be reassigned or assigned to the servicer if because of the breach the
trust's rights in and to any of the receivables are impaired or the
proceeds are not available to the trust free and clear of any lien.

         Receivables will not be reassigned or assigned to the servicer if
the breach is cured such that the relevant representation and warranty is
true and correct, or the relevant covenant has been complied with, in all
material respects. The servicer must deliver to the trustee a certificate
of an authorized officer describing the nature of the breach and the manner
in which the breach was cured.

         Any assignment and transfer will be made when the servicer
deposits an amount equal to the amount of the receivable in the COLLECTION
ACCOUNT on the business day before the DISTRIBUTION DATE after the MONTHLY
PERIOD during which the obligation arises. The amount of the deposit will
be treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. This reassignment or transfer
and assignment to the servicer is the only remedy available to the
certificateholders of any series if a covenant or warranty of the servicer
is not satisfied. The trust's interest in any reassigned receivables will
be automatically assigned to the servicer. See "Description of the
Certificates--Shared Principal Collections and Transferor Principal
Collections" for more information about these collections.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

         The servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under
the POOLING AGREEMENT, except:

         o      on the determination that its duties are no longer
                permissible under applicable law, or

         o      as may be required for any merger or consolidation of the
                servicer or the conveyance or transfer of all or
                substantially all of the servicer's assets.

         No resignation will become effective until the trustee or a
successor to the servicer has assumed the servicer's responsibilities and
obligations under the POOLING AGREEMENT. RNB may also transfer its
servicing obligations to an affiliate and be relieved of its obligations
and duties under the POOLING AGREEMENT.

         Any person with whom the servicer may be merged or consolidated or
any person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the servicer
is a party, or any person succeeding to the business of the servicer, will
be the successor to the servicer under the POOLING AGREEMENT.

SERVICER DEFAULT

         A SERVICER DEFAULT refers to:

         o      any failure by the servicer to make any payment, transfer
                or deposit or to give instructions or notice to the trustee
                as required by the POOLING AGREEMENT or any
                SERIES SUPPLEMENT on or before the date occurring five
                business days after the date the payment, transfer or
                deposit or instruction or notice is required to be made or
                given,

         o      failure by the servicer to observe or perform any other
                covenants or agreements of the servicer as described in the
                POOLING AGREEMENT or any SERIES SUPPLEMENT which has a
                material adverse effect on the interests of the
                certificateholders of any series or class, regardless of
                whether funds are available from any enhancement, and which
                continues unremedied for 60 days after written notice was
                given to the servicer requiring that the situation be
                remedied,

         o      delegation by the servicer of its duties under the POOLING
                AGREEMENT in a manner not permitted by the POOLING
                AGREEMENT, which delegation continues unremedied for 15
                days after the date written notice was given to the
                servicer requiring that the situation be remedied,

         o      any representation, warranty or certification made by the
                servicer in the POOLING AGREEMENT or any SERIES SUPPLEMENT
                or in any certificate delivered under the POOLING AGREEMENT
                or any SERIES SUPPLEMENT which proves to have been
                incorrect when made, and has a material adverse effect on
                the rights of the certificateholders of any series or
                class, regardless of whether funds are available from any
                enhancement, and which continues unremedied for 60 days
                after written notice was given to the servicer requiring
                that the situation be remedied, or

         o      the occurrence of some events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
                receivership of the servicer.

         If the delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other
similar occurrence and could not be prevented by the use of reasonable
diligence, the servicer is allowed an additional 60 days to remedy the
situation, however, in the case of a failure to make payment, transfer or
deposit, or notice, the servicer is allowed an additional five days to
remedy the situation before a servicer default occurs.

         The servicer agrees to provide the trustee, each rating agency,
enhancement providers, if any, the holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE and
the certificateholders of each series with a description of any failure or
delay by it to perform its obligation, together with its notice to the
trustee. The servicer shall not be relieved from using its best efforts to
perform its obligations in a timely manner after a servicer default occurs.

         If a SERVICER DEFAULT occurs, the trustee may end all of the
rights and obligations of the servicer under the POOLING AGREEMENT by
sending a termination notice, in writing, to the servicer.
Certificateholders holding certificates comprising more than 50% of the
total unpaid principal amount of all outstanding series may also end all
the rights and obligations of the servicer under the POOLING AGREEMENT by
sending termination notices, in writing, to the servicer, the trustee and
to any enhancement providers. If the trustee within 60 days of receipt of a
termination notice is unable to obtain any bids from eligible successor
servicers and the servicer delivers an officer's certificate stating that
the servicer cannot in good faith cure the SERVICER DEFAULT that gave rise
to the termination notice, then the trustee will offer DHRC the right at
its option to purchase the certificateholders' interest for all series.
The purchase price for the purchase will be paid on the DISTRIBUTION DATE
occurring in the month after receipt of the termination notice and will
equal, after allowing for any deposits and distributions to be made on that
DISTRIBUTION DATE, the PORTFOLIO REASSIGNMENT PRICE.

         The trustee will appoint a successor servicer after giving a
termination notice. All rights, authority, power and obligations of the
servicer under the POOLING AGREEMENT will pass to and be vested in the
trustee if:

         o      no successor servicer is appointed by the trustee, or

         o      no successor servicer has accepted the appointment by the
                time the servicer stops acting as servicer.

         Before any successor servicer is appointed, the trustee will seek
to obtain bids from potential servicers meeting eligibility requirements
described in the POOLING AGREEMENT to serve as a successor servicer for
servicing compensation not more than the servicing fee. The rights and
interest of DHRC as holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE will not be
affected by any termination notice or appointment of a successor servicer.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

         The POOLING AGREEMENT requires the servicer to furnish an annual
report prepared by a firm of nationally recognized independent public
accountants stating:

         o      that the firm has applied some procedures agreed upon with
                the servicer and examined specified documents and records
                relating to the servicing of the accounts during the
                servicer's preceding fiscal year, and

         o      that, on the basis of the agreed upon procedures, nothing
                came to the attention of the firm that caused them to
                believe that the servicing was not conducted in compliance
                with the POOLING AGREEMENT and the applicable provisions of
                each SERIES SUPPLEMENT except for exceptions or errors as
                the firm believes to be immaterial and any other exceptions
                as described in the report.

         The POOLING AGREEMENT requires DHRC to deliver to the trustee,
each rating agency and enhancement providers, if any, an annual statement
stating that the servicer has performed its obligations in all material
respects under the POOLING AGREEMENT throughout the preceding fiscal year.
If there has been a default in the performance of any obligation during the
preceding year, the annual statement will specify the nature and status of
the default.

         Both the report and the statement are expected to be provided
within ninety days after the servicer's and DHRC's fiscal year which both
end on December 31 of each calendar year. Copies of all statements,
certificates and reports furnished to the trustee may be obtained by a
request in writing delivered to the trustee.

AMENDMENTS

         The POOLING AGREEMENT and each SERIES SUPPLEMENT may be amended
without the consent of the certificateholders of any series to:

         o      add covenants, restrictions or conditions of the transferor
                as considered by DHRC's board of directors and the trustee
                to be for the benefit or protection of the
                certificateholders,

         o      make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of
                a default in any additional covenants, restrictions or
                conditions a default or EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT and to
                provide for grace periods, immediate enforcement or limits
                on available remedies to the added default,

         o      fix any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provision
                that may be defective or inconsistent with any other
                provision,

         o      surrender any right or power of the transferor,

         o      issue a SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE or PARTICIPATION,

         o      add a PARTICIPATION INTEREST to the trust,

         o      designate an additional transferor,

         o      provide additional enhancement for the benefit of
                certificateholders of any series,

         o      enable the trust or a portion of the trust to elect to
                qualify as a financial asset securitization investment
                trust or comparable tax entity for the securitization of
                financial assets, or

         o      add, change or eliminate any provisions or modify in any
                manner the rights of certificateholders of any series then
                issued and outstanding, only if:

                -     the transferor delivers to the trustee a certificate
                      of an authorized officer stating that the transferor
                      reasonably believes based on facts then known that
                      the amendment will not adversely affect in any
                      material respect the interests of any
                      certificateholder,

                -     except for adding covenants, restrictions or
                      conditions and fixing any ambiguity or correcting or
                      supplementing a provision or surrendering any right
                      or power of the transferor, the amendment will not
                      result in a RATINGS EFFECT, and

                -     a tax opinion is provided.

         The POOLING AGREEMENT and each SERIES SUPPLEMENT may also be
amended at any time by the transferor, the servicer and the trustee with
the consent of the holders of certificates that represent at least 66 2/3%
of the total unpaid principal amount of the certificates of all adversely
affected series. Any amendment may add any provisions, change or eliminate
any provisions, or modify in any manner the rights of the
certificateholders in the affected series.

         However, without the consent of each affected certificateholder,
no amendment may:

         o      reduce the amount of or delay the timing of any
                distributions to be made to certificateholders or deposits
                of amounts to be so distributed or the amount available
                under any enhancement except to amend the terms of an EARLY
                AMORTIZATION EVENT,

         o      change the definition or the manner of calculating the
                interest on any certificate, or

         o      reduce the percentage required to consent to any amendment.

         The trustee will provide written notice of the substance of any
amendment requiring the consent of certificateholders. The notice will be
sent to each certificateholder as soon as possible after any amendment
becomes effective.

TRUSTEE

         Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association is the trustee under
the POOLING AGREEMENT. The Corporate Trust Department of the trustee is
located at Norwest Center, Sixth and Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55479-0069.

         The trustee and its affiliates may:

         o      enter into normal banking and trust relationships with the
                transferor, the servicer and their affiliates,

         o      hold certificates of any series in its name but will not be
                allowed to participate in any decisions or instructions to
                be given to the trust by certificateholders as a group,

         o      appoint a co-trustee or separate trustees for all or any
                part of the trust, or

         o      resign at any time.

         If the trustee appoints a co-trustee or separate trustees, all
rights, powers, duties and obligations of the trustee will be conferred or
imposed on the trustee and each separate trustee or co-trustee jointly. In
any jurisdiction in which the trustee is incompetent or unqualified to
perform some acts, those rights, powers, duties and obligations will be
conferred or imposed on each separate trustee or co-trustee individually.
If so, each separate trustee or co-trustee will exercise and perform those
rights, powers, duties and obligations only at the direction of the
trustee.

         If the trustee resigns, DHRC will be required to appoint a
successor trustee. The trustee may also be removed by the servicer if the
trustee becomes ineligible to continue as a trustee under the POOLING
AGREEMENT or if the trustee becomes insolvent. The servicer will then be
required to appoint a successor trustee. Any resignation or removal of the
trustee and appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective
until the successor trustee accepts the appointment.

TERMINATION OF THE TRUST

         Unless DHRC instructs the trustee otherwise, the trust will end on
the TRUST TERMINATION DATE. Once the trust has ended, all right, title and
interest in and to the receivables and other funds of the trust will be
conveyed and transferred to the holder of the TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE, any
SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE and any PARTICIPATION except for amounts in
accounts maintained by the trust for the final payment of principal and
interest to certificateholders.


                  THE BANK RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                   AND THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         The transfers of the receivables from RNB to DHCC and from DHCC to
DHRC before being transferred to the trust are governed by the following
agreements:

         o      the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of
                September 13, 1995, between DHCC, as purchaser of the
                receivables and RNB, as seller of the receivables, and

         o      the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of September
                13, 1995, between DHRC, as purchaser of the receivables,
                and DHCC, as seller of the receivables.

         The Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement governs the transfer from
RNB to DHCC. The Receivables Purchase Agreement governs the transfer of the
receivables from DHCC to DHRC. DHRC could also enter into other purchase
agreements directly with CREDIT CARD ORIGINATORS.

SALE OF THE RECEIVABLES

         Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement. Under the Bank Receivables
Purchase Agreement, RNB sold to DHCC all of its right, title and interest
in and to:

         o      the receivables existing at the close of business on the
                CUT-OFF DATE and later created at any time from the initial
                accounts until the end of the trust,

         o      the receivables existing on each ADDITION DATE and later
                created at any time from any AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS
                until the end of the trust,

         o      any merchant fees and deferred billing fees,

         o      all recoveries from the initial accounts and from the
                AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS,

         o      all recoveries from specific DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES, and

         o      all monies due or to become due, all amounts received, and
                all proceeds under the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement.

         In connection with any sale of the receivables to DHCC after the
AUTOMATIC ADDITION TERMINATION DATE or the AUTOMATIC ADDITION SUSPENSION
DATE and before the RESTART DATE, RNB will indicate in its computer files
or other relevant microfiche or printed records that the receivables were
sold to DHCC by RNB and that these receivables have been sold by DHCC to
DHRC and then transferred by DHRC to the trust. Additionally, RNB will
provide to DHCC a computer file, a microfiche list or a printed list
containing an accurate and complete list showing each account identified by
account number and by total outstanding balance on each account as of the
AUTOMATIC ADDITION TERMINATION DATE, the AUTOMATIC ADDITION SUSPENSION DATE
or the ADDITION CUT-OFF DATE.

         RNB will also indicate in its computer files or other records that
receivables in REMOVED ACCOUNTS have been repurchased by RNB. The records
and agreements of the accounts and receivables are not segregated by RNB
from other documents and agreements relating to other credit card accounts
and receivables and are not stamped or marked to reflect the sale or
transfer of the receivables to DHCC. The computer records, other relevant
microfiche or printed records of RNB will be marked to evidence the sale or
transfer after the AUTOMATIC ADDITION TERMINATION DATE or the AUTOMATIC
ADDITION SUSPENSION DATE and before the RESTART DATE. DHCC, as purchaser,
has filed one or more UCC financing statements meeting the requirements of
state law in the jurisdictions which are necessary to perfect the transfer
of the receivables. See "Legal Aspects of the Receivables" for more
discussion.

         Under the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement, RNB will be
required to, and DHCC is required to cause RNB to, designate SUPPLEMENTAL
ACCOUNTS under the POOLING AGREEMENT to be included as trust accounts. See
"The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Addition of Trust Assets" for
information on the conditions to any addition of accounts.

         Receivables Purchase Agreement. Under the Receivables Purchase
Agreement, DHCC sold to DHRC all of its right, title and interest in and to:

         o      the receivables existing at the close of business on the
                CUT-OFF DATE and later created at any time from the initial
                accounts until the end of the trust,

         o      the receivables existing on each ADDITION DATE and later
                created at any time from
                any AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS until the end of the trust,

         o      any merchant fees and deferred billing fees,

         o      all recoveries from the initial accounts and from the
                AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS,

         o      all recoveries from specific DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES,

         o      all monies due or to become due, all amounts received, and
                all proceeds under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, and

         o      the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement.

         In connection with any sale of the receivables to DHRC after the
AUTOMATIC ADDITION TERMINATION DATE or the AUTOMATIC ADDITION SUSPENSION
DATE and before the RESTART DATE, DHCC will indicate in its computer files
or other relevant microfiche or printed records that the receivables were
sold to DHRC by DHCC and that these receivables were then transferred by
DHRC to the trust. Additionally, DHCC will provide to DHRC a computer file,
a microfiche list or a printed list containing an accurate and complete
list showing each account identified by account number and by total
outstanding balance on each account as of the AUTOMATIC ADDITION
TERMINATION DATE, the AUTOMATIC ADDITION SUSPENSION DATE or the ADDITION
CUT-OFF DATE.

         DHCC will also indicate in its computer files or other records
that receivables in REMOVED ACCOUNTS have been repurchased by DHCC. The
records and agreements of the accounts and receivables are not segregated
by DHCC from other documents and agreements relating to other credit card
accounts and receivables and are not stamped or marked to reflect the sale
or transfer of the receivables to DHCC. The computer records, other
relevant microfiche or printed records of DHCC will be marked to evidence
the sale or transfer after the AUTOMATIC ADDITION TERMINATION DATE or the
AUTOMATIC ADDITION SUSPENSION DATE and before the RESTART DATE. DHCC, as
seller, has filed one or more UCC financing statements meeting the
requirements of state law in the jurisdictions which are necessary to
perfect the transfer of the receivables. See "Legal Aspects of the
Receivables" for more discussion.

         Under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, DHCC will be required
to, and DHRC is required to cause DHCC to, designate SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS
under the POOLING AGREEMENT to be included as trust accounts. See "The
Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Addition of Trust Assets" for information
on the conditions to any addition of accounts.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement. In the Bank Receivables
Purchase Agreement, RNB represents and warrants to DHCC as of the CLOSING
DATE and on each ADDITION DATE that:

         o      RNB is a national banking association validly existing and
                in good standing under the laws of the United States, and
                has full corporate power, authority and legal right to
                execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Bank
                Receivables Purchase Agreement,

         o      the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement constitutes a valid
                and binding obligation of RNB, enforceable against RNB
                under its terms, according to customary bankruptcy- and
                equity-related exceptions,

         o      RNB is the legal and beneficial owner of all right, title
                and interest in and to each receivable, subject, on the
                CLOSING DATE, to any participation interest in the
                receivables held by DHCC,

         o      RNB has the full right, power and authority to transfer the
                receivables under the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement,

         o      the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement, or the
                SUPPLEMENTAL CONVEYANCE for SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS, to be
                delivered by RNB, forms a valid transfer and assignment to
                DHCC of all right, title and interest of RNB in and to:

                -     the receivables,

                -     all monies due or to become due, and

                -     all related proceeds, and

         o      on the first CUT-OFF DATE for each initial account, on the
                date of creation for each AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT, and
                on the ADDITION CUT-OFF DATE for each SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT:

                -     each account classified as an "eligible account" by
                      RNB in any document or report delivered under the
                      Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement will satisfy the
                      requirements for an eligible account, and

                -     each receivable classified as an "eligible
                      receivable" by RNB in any document or report
                      delivered under the Bank Receivables Purchase
                      Agreement will satisfy the requirements for an
                      ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE.

         If any representation or warranty is not true and correct in any
material way as of the date specified in the Bank Receivables Purchase
Agreement and, as a result, the value of the receivable used to determine
the total PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust is reduced to zero, then, the
total principal balance of that receivable under the Bank Receivables
Purchase Agreement will be changed to show that the receivable was an
INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE when sold. If so, RNB will repay to DHCC the amount
of the purchase price originally paid to RNB less the amount of any
collections already received from this receivable.

         If any representation or warranty described above is not true and
correct in any material way on the date specified in the Bank Receivables
Purchase Agreement and, as a result, RNB is required to accept a
reassignment of all of the receivables transferred to the trust by paying
the PORTFOLIO REASSIGNMENT PRICE, RNB will be required to accept a
reassignment of DHCC's interest in those receivables. RNB will also be
required to deposit to the COLLECTION ACCOUNT an amount equal to the
PORTFOLIO REASSIGNMENT PRICE on the next DISTRIBUTION DATE.

         Receivables Purchase Agreement. In the Receivables Purchase
Agreement, DHCC represents and warrants to DHRC as of the CLOSING DATE and
on each ADDITION DATE that, among other things:

         o      DHCC is a corporation validly existing and in good standing
                under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and has full
                corporate power, authority and legal right to execute,
                deliver and perform its obligations under the Receivables
                Purchase Agreement,

         o      the Receivables Purchase Agreement constitutes a valid and
                binding obligation of DHCC, enforceable against DHCC under
                its terms, according to customary bankruptcy- and
                equity-related exceptions,

         o      DHCC is the legal and beneficial owner of all right, title
                and interest in and to each
                receivable,

         o      DHCC has the full right, power and authority to transfer
                the receivables under the Receivables Purchase Agreement,

         o      the Receivables Purchase Agreement or the SUPPLEMENTAL
                CONVEYANCE for SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS, to be delivered by
                DHCC, forms a valid transfer and assignment to DHRC of all
                right, title and interest of DHCC in and to:

                -     the receivables,

                -     all monies due or to become due, and

                -     all related proceeds, and

         o      on the first CUT-OFF DATE for each initial account, on the
                date of creation for each AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT, and
                on the ADDITION CUT-OFF DATE for each SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT:

                -     each account classified as an "eligible account" by
                      DHCC in any document or report delivered under the
                      Receivables Purchase Agreement will satisfy the
                      requirements for an eligible account, and

                -     each receivable classified as an "eligible
                      receivable" by DHCC in any document or report
                      delivered under the Receivables Purchase Agreement
                      will satisfy the requirements for an ELIGIBLE
                      RECEIVABLE.

         If any representation or warranty is not true and correct in any
material way as of the date specified in the Receivables Purchase Agreement
and, as a result, the value of the receivable used to determine the total
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust is reduced to zero, then, the total
principal balance of that receivable under the Receivables Purchase
Agreement will be changed to show that the receivable was an INELIGIBLE
RECEIVABLE when sold. If so, DHCC will repay to DHRC the amount of the
purchase price originally paid to DHCC less the amount of any collections
already received from this receivable.

         If any representation or warranty described above is not true and
correct in any material way on the date specified in the Receivables
Purchase Agreement and, as a result, DHRC is required to accept a
reassignment of all of the receivables transferred to the trust by paying
the PORTFOLIO REASSIGNMENT PRICE, DHCC will be required to accept a
reassignment of DHRC's interest in those receivables. DHCC will also be
required to deposit into the COLLECTION ACCOUNT an amount equal to the
PORTFOLIO REASSIGNMENT PRICE on the next DISTRIBUTION DATE.

COVENANTS

         Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement. It is the intention of RNB
and DHCC that the transfer of the receivables by RNB to DHCC under the Bank
Receivables Purchase Agreement be viewed as an absolute sale of the
receivables by RNB to DHCC. This transfer is not intended to be a pledge of
the receivables by RNB to DHCC to secure a debt or other obligation of RNB.
The Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement will also be considered a security
agreement within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC and the conveyance
described in the POOLING AGREEMENT will be considered a grant by RNB to
DHCC of a "security interest" within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC in
all of RNB's right, title and interest in and to the receivables.

         RNB may reduce the annual percentage rates of the periodic finance
charges assessed on the receivables, reduce other fees charged on any of
the accounts or change the other terms of the accounts as required by law
or as RNB may determine to be appropriate. However, RNB may not otherwise
take these actions if, either:

         o      as a result of a reduction or change it is reasonably
                expected that the reduction or change will cause an EARLY
                AMORTIZATION EVENT to occur for that series, or

         o      a reduction or change:

                -     when RNB owns a comparable segment of receivables, is
                      not applied to the comparable segment of consumer
                      open end credit accounts owned by RNB with the same
                      characteristics as the receivables that are being
                      reduced or changed, and

                -     when RNB does not own a comparable segment of
                      receivables will be made with the intent to benefit
                      DHRC over the certificateholders or to materially
                      adversely affect the certificateholders, unless
                      restricted by an endorsement, sponsorship, or other
                      agreement between DHRC and an unrelated third party
                      or by the terms of the accounts.

         Receivables Purchase Agreement. It is the intention of DHCC and
DHRC that the transfer of the receivables by DHCC to DHRC under the
Receivables Purchase Agreement be viewed as an absolute sale of the
receivables by DHCC to DHRC. This transfer is not intended to be a pledge
of the receivables by DHCC to DHRC to secure a debt or other obligation of
DHCC. The Receivables Purchase Agreement will also be considered a security
agreement within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC and the conveyance
described in the POOLING AGREEMENT will be considered a grant by DHCC to
DHRC of a "security interest" within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC in
all of DHCC's right, title and interest in and to the receivables.

TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTS AND ASSUMPTION OF RNB'S, DHCC'S AND DHRC'S OBLIGATIONS

         RNB, DHCC and DHRC may transfer all or a portion of RNB's consumer
open end credit card accounts and the related receivables upon the
satisfaction of various conditions. The transfer must include:

         o      all of the accounts,

         o      RNB's, DHCC's and DHRC's remaining interest in the
                receivables arising under the accounts, and

         o      all servicing functions and other obligations under the
                Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Bank Receivables
                Purchase Agreement and the POOLING AGREEMENT.

         This transfer may be to another entity which may or may not be an
entity that is affiliated with RNB, DHCC or DHRC. The Receivables Purchase
Agreement, the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement and the POOLING
AGREEMENT allow RNB, DHCC and DHRC to assign, convey and transfer the
ASSIGNED ASSETS and the ASSUMED OBLIGATIONS to the assuming entity, without
the consent or approval of certificateholders if the following conditions
are met:

         o      the assuming entity, the trustee and any of RNB, DHCC or
                DHRC have entered into an assumption agreement providing
                for the assuming entity to assume the ASSUMED OBLIGATIONS,
                including the obligations under the Receivables Purchase
                Agreement, the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement and the
                POOLING AGREEMENT, to transfer the receivables generated by
                the accounts to any of DHCC, DHRC or the trust, as the case
                may be,

         o      all filings required to perfect the interest of DHCC, DHRC
                or the trustee in the receivables generated by the accounts
                were made and copies have been delivered to the trustee,

         o      DHCC, DHRC or the trustee, as the case may be, has received
                written notice from each rating agency that the transfer
                and assumption will not have a RATINGS EFFECT, and copies
                of the notice were sent to the servicer and the trustee,

         o      DHCC, the transferor, or the trustee, as the case may be,
                has received an opinion of counsel as to matters specified
                by DHCC, DHRC or the trustee, and

         o      the trustee has received a tax opinion.

         The Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Bank Receivables Purchase
Agreement and the POOLING AGREEMENT provide that the parties to each
document may enter into amendments to that document to permit a transfer
and assumption without the consent of the certificateholders. After any
permitted transfer and assumption, RNB and DHCC will have no further
liability or obligation under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Bank
Receivables Purchase Agreement and the POOLING AGREEMENT, other than any
liabilities that existed before the transfer. RNB and DHCC will remain
liable for all representations, warranties and covenants made by them
before the transfer.

AMENDMENT

         The Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement may be amended by DHCC and
RNB without the consent of the certificateholders. The Receivables Purchase
Agreement may be amended by DHRC and DHCC without the consent of the
certificateholders. No amendment to either the Receivables Purchase
Agreement or the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement will be allowed to
cause a RATINGS EFFECT.

TERMINATION

         The Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement will end upon the mutual
agreement of the parties to that agreement. The Receivables Purchase
Agreement will end immediately after the trust has ended. Additionally, if
a bankruptcy trustee or receiver is appointed for DHCC or another
liquidation event occurs, DHCC will immediately stop selling receivables to
DHRC and promptly give notice of the event to DHRC and to the trustee.


                              SECURITY RATINGS

         Any rating of the certificates by a rating agency will indicate:

         o      its view on the likelihood that certificateholders will
                receive required interest and principal payments, and

         o      its evaluation of the receivables and the availability of
                any enhancement for the
                certificates.

         Among the things a rating will not indicate are:

         o      the likelihood that an EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT will occur,

         o      the likelihood that a United States withholding tax will be
                imposed on non-U.S. certificateholders,

         o      the marketability of the certificates

         o      the market price of the certificates, or

         o      whether the certificates are an appropriate investment for
                you.

         A rating will not be a recommendation to buy, sell or hold the
certificates. A rating may be lowered or withdrawn at any time by a rating
agency.

         DHRC will request a rating of the certificates offered by this
prospectus and the prospectus supplement from at least one rating agency.
It will be a condition to the issuance of the certificates of each series
or class offered by this prospectus and the related prospectus supplement
that they be rated in one of the four highest rating categories by at least
one nationally recognized rating organization selected by DHRC to rate any
series. The rating or ratings applicable to the certificates of each series
or class offered by this prospectus will be provided in the related
prospectus supplement. Rating agencies other than those requested could
assign a rating to the certificates and that rating could be lower than any
rating assigned by a rating agency chosen by DHRC.


                      LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES

         The transfer of the receivables by DHRC to the trust constitutes
either a valid transfer and assignment of all of DHRC's interest in and to
the receivables or a grant of a security interest in the receivables. See
"The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Representations and Warranties."

         The receivables are accounts, general intangibles or chattel paper
for purposes of the UCC. Both the transfer and assignment of accounts and
the transfer of accounts as security for an obligation are treated under
Article 9 of the UCC as creating a security interest. The filing of a
financing statement is required to perfect the trust's interest. If a
transfer of general intangibles is considered the creation of a security
interest, rather than a sale, Article 9 of the UCC applies and the filing
of one or more financing statements is also required to perfect the trust's
security interest. Financing statements covering the receivables of the
trust will be filed under the UCC.

         If a transfer of general intangibles is treated as a sale, the UCC
is not applicable and no further action is required to protect the trust's
interest. Although the priority of general intangibles that come into
existence after the initial closing date in this case is not as clear, RNB,
DHCC and DHRC believe that it would not be consistent for a court to give
the trust less favorable treatment if the transfer of the receivables is
considered to be a sale than if it were considered to be creating a
security interest.

         There are some limited circumstances under the UCC in which an
earlier or later transferee of receivables could have an interest in the
receivables with priority over the trust's interest. Under the POOLING
AGREEMENT, DHRC will represent and warrant that it has transferred the
receivables to the trust free and clear of all liens and security interests
other than tax liens and the interest of DHRC as holder of the TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE. In addition, DHRC will covenant that it will not sell, pledge,
assign or transfer, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
lien on, any receivable except to the trust or in connection with any
transfer of the accounts selected for the trust. A tax or other
governmental lien on DHRC's property arising before a receivable comes into
existence also may have priority over the interest of the trust in the
receivable. There is a good possibility that the trust may not have a
perfected security interest in any of the receivables created after the
filing of a petition for relief by or against DHCC or DHRC under the U.S.
bankruptcy code or after the appointment of a receiver or conservator for
RNB. It is anticipated that the trust will either own or have a perfected
security interest in receivables existing on the date of filing a petition
by or against DHCC or DHRC under the U.S. bankruptcy code or after the date
of appointment of a receiver or conservator for RNB and will be able to
make payments of principal and interest on the investor certificates,
although there can be no assurance that any of these payments would be
timely.

         Because the trust's interest in the receivables is dependent upon
DHRC's interest in the receivables, which is dependent upon DHCC's interest
in the receivables, any negative change in the priority or perfection of
DHRC's or DHCC's security interest would correspondingly affect the trust's
interest in the affected receivables. In addition, if a receiver or
conservator were appointed for RNB, some administrative expenses of the
receiver or conservator also may have priority over the interest of the
trust in those receivables. While RNB is the servicer, some cash
collections on the receivables may be held by RNB and commingled with its
funds for brief periods, and if an insolvency event occurs, the trust may
not have a perfected interest in the commingled collections.

MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY OR RECEIVERSHIP

         RNB has represented and warranted to DHCC, and DHCC has
represented and warranted to DHRC that the sale of the receivables is a
valid sale. In addition, RNB, DHCC and DHRC have treated and will treat the
transfer of the receivables as a sale. DHCC has taken or will take all
actions that are required by the UCC to perfect DHCC's and DHRC's ownership
interest in the receivables. If DHCC were to become a debtor in a
bankruptcy case and a creditor or trustee-in-bankruptcy of the debtor or
the debtor itself were to take the position that the sale of receivables
from DHCC to DHRC should be recharacterized as a pledge of the receivables
to secure a borrowing from that debtor, then delays in payments of
collections of receivables to DHRC, to the trust and to certificateholders
could occur and reductions in the amount of those payments could result.

         The FDIC may be appointed a conservator or receiver of RNB. In
that capacity, the FDIC has the power to repudiate or disaffirm the
obligations of the transferor under the POOLING AGREEMENT or to request a
stay of any judicial action or proceeding involving RNB.

         A valid perfected security interest of DHCC should be enforceable,
to the extent of DHCC's "actual direct compensatory damages," regardless of
the insolvency of RNB or the appointment of a receiver or conservator for
RNB if:

         o      RNB granted a security interest in the receivables to DHCC,
                DHCC granted a security interest in the receivables to DHRC
                and DHRC granted a security interest in the receivables to
                the trust,

         o      the interest was validly perfected before RNB's insolvency,

         o      the interest was not taken or granted in contemplation of
                RNB's insolvency or with the intent to hinder, delay or
                defraud RNB or its creditors,

         o      each of the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement, the
                Receivables Purchase Agreement and the POOLING AGREEMENT is
                continuously a record of RNB, and

         o      each of the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement, the
                Receivables Purchase Agreement and the POOLING AGREEMENT
                represents a bona fide and arm's length transaction
                undertaken for adequate consideration in the ordinary
                course of business.

         If so, payments to the trust should not be open to an automatic
stay of payment or to recovery by the FDIC as unperfected or unenforceable.
The FDIC has the right to require the trustee to establish its right to
payments by submitting to and completing the administrative claims
procedure established under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and
Enforcement Act of 1989. The conservator or receiver has the right to
request a stay of proceedings as to RNB. This could result in delays in
payments on the certificates and possible losses to you.

         The amount that the FDIC is required to pay is limited to your
"actual direct compensatory damages" determined as of the date of the
FDIC's appointment as receiver. There is not a statutory definition of
"actual direct compensatory damages." The staff of the FDIC takes the
position that upon repudiation or disaffirmation these damages would not
include interest accrued to the date of actual repudiation or
disaffirmation. Under the FDIC interpretation, you would receive interest
only through the date of the appointment of the receiver. Since the FDIC
may delay actual repudiation or disaffirmation for up to 180 days following
its appointment as receiver, you may not receive the full amount of
interest owing to you under the certificates. There is one reported federal
district court decision that construes the term "actual direct compensatory
damages." This 1993 court case construed the term, in the context of the
repudiation of zero coupon bonds, to mean the fair market value of those
bonds as of the date of repudiation. You would not be compensated for the
period between the appointment of the receiver and the date of repudiation
under either interpretation.

         In a 1993 decision, Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 997 F.2d
948 (10th Cir. 1993), cert. denied, 114 S. Ct. 554 (1993), the United
States Court of Appeals for the 10th Circuit suggested that even where a
transfer of accounts from a seller to a buyer constitutes a "true sale,"
the accounts would nevertheless constitute property of the seller's
bankruptcy estate in a bankruptcy of the seller. If DHCC or DHRC were to
become part of a bankruptcy proceeding or RNB were to become subject to
receivership and a court were to follow the Octagon court's reasoning,
certificateholders might experience delays in payment and possibly losses
in their investment in the certificates. Counsel has advised DHRC that the
facts of the Octagon case are distinguishable from those in the sale
transactions between RNB and DHCC, DHCC and DHRC and between DHRC and the
trust and that the reasoning of the Octagon case appears to be inconsistent
with established precedent and the UCC. Also, because RNB, DHCC, DHRC, the
trust and the transaction governed by the POOLING AGREEMENT do not have any
particular link to the 10th Circuit, it is unlikely that RNB, DHCC, or DHRC
would be subject to an insolvency proceeding in the 10th Circuit. For this
reason, the Octagon case should not be binding precedent on a court or
receiver in an insolvency proceeding involving the receivables.

         In addition, if DHCC were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case
and a creditor or trustee-in-bankruptcy of the debtor or the debtor itself
were to request a court to order DHCC substantively consolidated with DHRC,
delays in payments on the investor certificates could result. Should the
bankruptcy court rule in favor of any creditor, trustee-in-bankruptcy or
debtor, reductions in payments could result.

         DHRC has taken or will take all actions that are required under
the UCC to perfect the trust's interest in the receivables. DHRC has also
warranted to the trust that the trust will have a first priority interest
in the receivables and, with some exceptions, in the proceeds as well.
However, a tax or government lien on property of RNB, DHCC or DHRC which
predates the time a receivable is conveyed to the trust may have priority
over the interest of the trust in that receivable. DHRC's articles of
incorporation state that it shall not file a voluntary petition for relief
under the U.S. bankruptcy code without the unanimous affirmative vote of
all of its directors, including the independent directors. According to the
POOLING AGREEMENT, the trustee will covenant that it will not at any time
institute against DHRC any bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceedings
under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law. In addition, other
steps have been or will be taken to avoid DHRC's becoming a debtor in a
bankruptcy case. Aside from these steps, if DHRC were to become a debtor in
a bankruptcy case, and a bankruptcy trustee for DHRC or a creditor of DHRC
were to take the position that the transfer of the receivables from DHRC to
the trust should be recharacterized as a pledge of the receivables, then
delays in payments on the certificates and, should the court rule in favor
of the trustee or any creditor, reductions in the amount of the payments
could result.

         DHRC has been structured in a manner intended to reduce the
likelihood of the voluntary or involuntary application for relief under the
U.S. bankruptcy code or similar applicable state laws. DHRC is also
structured to avoid the substantive consolidation of DHRC with DHCC. DHRC
is a separate, special purpose subsidiary, whose articles of incorporation
contain limitations on the nature of DHRC's business and restrictions on
the ability of DHRC to commence voluntary or involuntary cases or
proceedings under these laws without the unanimous vote of all its
directors. Additionally, DHRC does not intend to file, and DHCC has agreed
that it will not file, a voluntary petition for relief under the U.S.
bankruptcy code or any similar state laws as to DHRC.

         If DHRC were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case causing an
EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT to occur, then, under the POOLING AGREEMENT,
additional PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES would not be transferred to the trust. On
the occurrence of some events of bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership, if
no EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT except the commencement of the bankruptcy or
similar event exists, the trustee-in-bankruptcy may have the power to
continue to require DHRC to transfer new receivables to the trust and to
prevent the commencement of the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD or, if applicable
for any series as specified in the related prospectus supplement, the RAPID
ACCUMULATION PERIOD.

         Specified events of insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of
the servicer will result in a SERVICER DEFAULT, which will result in an
EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT. A conservator or receiver of the servicer may
have the power to prevent the trustee and the certificateholders from
appointing a successor servicer if no SERVICER DEFAULT exists except the
commencement of a bankruptcy or similar event.

         Payments made on repurchases of receivables by RNB or DHRC may be
recoverable by RNB or DHRC, or by a creditor, conservator, receiver or a
trustee-in-bankruptcy of RNB or DHRC, as a preferential transfer from RNB
or DHRC if these payments are made within one year before the filing of a
bankruptcy case as to RNB or DHRC.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

         The relationship of the cardholder and credit card issuer is
extensively regulated by federal and state consumer protection and related
laws. For credit cards issued by RNB, the most significant laws include:

         o      the federal Truth-in-Lending Act,

         o      the Fair Credit Billing Act,

         o      the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act,

         o      the Equal Credit Opportunity Act,

         o      the Fair Credit Reporting Act,

         o      the Electronic Funds Transfer Act,

         o      the National Banking Act, and

         o      applicable state laws.

         Claims may be brought under these statutes by private consumers as
well as federal and state regulators. These statutes impose disclosure
requirements when a credit card account is advertised, when it is opened,
at the end of monthly billing cycles and at year end and, in addition,
prohibit discriminatory practices in extending credit and impose
limitations on the type of account-related charges that may be assessed.
Federal law requires credit card issuers to disclose to consumers:

         o      the interest rates,

         o      cardholder fees,

         o      grace periods, and

         o      balance calculation methods.

         In addition, cardholders are entitled under current laws to have
payments and credits applied to the credit card account promptly, to
receive prescribed notices and to require billing errors to be resolved
promptly.

         Some laws, including the laws described above, may limit RNB's
ability to collect amounts owing on the receivables regardless of any act
or omission on the part of RNB. For example, under the federal Fair Credit
Billing Act, a credit card issuer is open to all claims, other than tort
claims, and defenses arising out of transactions in which a credit card is
used as a method of payment or extension of credit if:

         o      the obligor has made a good faith attempt to obtain
                satisfactory resolution of a disagreement or problem
                relative to the transaction from the person honoring the
                credit card, and

         o      except in cases where there is a relationship between the
                person honoring the card and the credit card issuer, the
                amount of the initial transaction exceeds $50 and the place
                where the initial transaction occurred was in the same
                state as the cardholder's mailing address or within 100
                miles of that address.

         These statutes further provide that in some cases cardholders
cannot be held liable for, or the cardholder's liability is limited to,
charges to the credit card account that result from unauthorized use of the
credit card.

         Additional consumer protection laws may be enacted that would
impose requirements on the making, enforcement and collection of consumer
credit loans. In particular, on May 5, 1999, an amendment to the federal
Truth-in-Lending Act was passed by the House of Representatives as part of
the bankruptcy reform bill and referred to the Senate. This amendment,
among other things, requires disclosure:

         o      on the time it would take the consumer to repay a balance
                if the consumer makes only the minimum payments,

         o      on when any introductory rate will expire, as well as the
                rate that will then apply and

         o      in internet based solicitations identical to that contained
                in direct mail solicitations.

In addition, on May 4, 1999, President Clinton proposed similar legislation
to require additional disclosure in credit card bills and solicitations.

         Although the proposed legislation have not been enacted, there can
be no assurance that a similar bill will not become law in the future. The
potential effect of any legislation which limits the amount of finance
charges and fees that may be charged on credit cards could be to reduce the
PORTFOLIO YIELD on the accounts. If the PORTFOLIO YIELD is reduced, an
EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT may occur, and the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD would
commence. Any new laws or rulings that may be adopted, and existing
consumer protection laws, may adversely affect the ability to collect on
the receivables. In addition, failure of the servicer to comply with those
requirements could adversely affect the servicer's ability to enforce the
receivables.

         Some jurisdictions may attempt to require out-of-state credit card
issuers to comply with their consumer protection laws in connection with
their operations in those jurisdictions. These laws may include a
limitation on the charges imposed by credit card issuers. If it were
determined that out-of-state credit card issuers must comply with a
jurisdiction's laws limiting the charges imposed by credit card issuers,
those actions could have an adverse impact on RNB's credit card operations.
Application of federal and state bankruptcy and debtor relief laws,
including the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, would affect
the interests of the holders of the certificates if the protection provided
to debtors under those laws result in any receivables of the trust being
written off as uncollectible.

         The trust may be liable for violations of consumer protection laws
that apply to the receivables transferred to it, either as assignee from
DHRC for obligations arising before the transfer or as a party directly
responsible for obligations arising after the transfer. In addition, a
cardholder may be entitled to assert these violations by way of set-off
against his or her obligation to pay the amount of receivables owing. DHRC
will warrant to the trust in the POOLING AGREEMENT that all receivables
transferred to the trust have been and will be created in compliance with
the requirements of these laws. See "The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement--Representations and Warranties" for additional discussion.

CLAIMS AND DEFENSES OF CARDHOLDERS AGAINST THE TRUST

         The UCC provides that unless a cardholder has made an enforceable
agreement not to assert defenses or claims arising out of a transaction,
the rights of the trust are limited by:

         o      all the terms of the cardholder agreement between RNB and
                the cardholder,

         o      any defense or claim of the cardholder,

         o      rights of set-off, and

         o      any other defense or claim of the cardholder against RNB
                that accrues before the cardholder receives notification of
                the assignment.

         The UCC also provides that any cardholder is authorized to
continue to pay RNB until:

         o      the cardholder receives notification, reasonably
                identifying the rights assigned, that the amount due or to
                become due has been assigned and that payment is to be made
                to the trustee or successor servicer, and

         o      if requested by the cardholders, the trustee or successor
                servicer has furnished reasonable proof of assignment.

         No agreement as to defenses has been entered into and no notice of
the assignment of the receivables to the trust will be sent to the
cardholders obligated on the accounts in connection with the transfer of
the receivables to the trust.


                                TAX MATTERS

         The following general discussion summarizes the material U.S.
federal income tax consequences relating to the purchase, ownership and
disposition of a certificate. This discussion applies only to certificates
offered under this Prospectus. This summary deals primarily with U.S.
CERTIFICATE OWNERS who acquire their certificates at their original issue
price in the original issuance of those certificates and who hold their
certificates as capital assets.

         This discussion is based on present provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the proposed, temporary and final
Treasury regulations under the tax code, and administrative rulings or
pronouncements and judicial decisions:

         o      all as in effect on the date of this prospectus, and

         o      all of which are subject to change, possibly with
                retroactive effect.

         This discussion does not address all of the tax consequences that
may be relevant to a certificateholder because of that certificateholder's
particular circumstances. It does not address the U.S. federal income tax
consequences that may be relevant to some types of certificateholders that
are subject to special treatment under the tax code, including:

         o      dealers in securities or currencies,

         o      financial institutions,

         o      tax-exempt entities,

         o      life insurance companies,

         o      persons holding certificates as a part of a hedging,
                integrated, conversion or constructive sale transaction or
                a straddle, or

         o      persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

Also, the following discussion does not consider the alternative minimum
tax consequences, if any, of the investment in the certificates, or the
state, local or foreign tax consequences of the investment. Each
prospective certificateholder is urged to consult its own tax advisor in
determining the federal, state, local and foreign income and any other tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of a certificate.

         The trust will not ask the IRS for a ruling regarding any of the
U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed in this prospectus. As a
result, the trust can give no assurance that the IRS will not take
positions contrary to those described below. Opinions of counsel are not
binding on the IRS or the courts. In addition, the opinions of Skadden,
Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP described below are based on the
representations and assumptions described in those opinions, including, but
not limited to, the assumption that all of the relevant parties will comply
with the terms of the POOLING AGREEMENT, the SERIES SUPPLEMENT, the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, and the Bank Receivables Purchase
Agreement. The conclusions of tax counsel described in the opinions and the
discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences in this prospectus
may not be accurate:

         o      if those representations are inaccurate, and/or

         o      if the relevant parties fail to comply with the terms of
                these agreements.

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST

          The transferor anticipates that Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
Flom LLP will furnish an opinion to the transferor, in relation to the
issuance of certificates of any series offered by this Prospectus, that the
trust will not be classified as an association or as a publicly traded
partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
The opinion will be based on the assumptions and qualifications described
in that opinion and on certain representations or covenants. As discussed
in the previous paragraph, however, this opinion is not binding on the IRS
and no assurance can be given that this characterization will prevail. See
the last two paragraphs of this subsection for discussion of possible
alternative characterizations of the trust.

         The assumptions and qualifications described in the opinion will
include:

         o      an assumption that any secondary transactions entered into
                for any certificates or other interests in the trust, like
                the deposit of certificates into a second trust and the
                issuance of securities out of that trust, will not
                adversely affect the U.S. federal income tax status of the
                trust, and

         o      the qualification that the opinion is limited to the
                issuance of the certificates of that series by the trust.

         If other interests in the trust, excluding the certificates, for
which no opinion will be rendered that those interests would constitute
debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are characterized as equity
interests in a partnership, then the trust could be treated as a publicly
traded partnership.

         If all or part of the trust were treated as a partnership in which
some or all holders of one or more series were partners, that partnership
could be classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation. Unless specified exceptions apply, a partnership will be
classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation if
equity interests in that partnership:

         o      are traded on an "established securities market", or

         o      are "readily tradeable" on a "secondary market" or its
                "substantial equivalent".

One exception would be if the trust is not engaged in a "financial
business" and 90% or more of its income consists of interest and other
types of passive income. Because Treasury regulations do not clarify the
meaning of "financial business" for this purpose, it is unclear whether
this exception applies. The POOLING AGREEMENT AND EACH Series Supplement
contains provisions designed to reduce the risk that the trust could be
classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation due to
trading of interests in the trust other than the certificates, for which an
opinion is furnished that the certificates constitute debt
for U.S. federal income tax purposes. There can be no assurance, however,
that the trust could not become a publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation, because some of the actions necessary to comply with the
exception are not fully within the control of the transferor.

         If the trust were treated in whole or in part as a publicly traded
partnership taxable as a corporation, the taxable income of the trust would
be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the applicable marginal corporate
income tax rates applicable to that income if all or part of the trust were
treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. This
entity-level tax could result in reduced distributions to
certificateholders. In addition, the distributions from the trust would not
be deductible in computing the taxable income of the deemed corporation,
except to the extent that:

         o      any certificates were treated as debt of the corporation,
                and

         o      distributions to the related certificateholders were
                treated as payments of interest
                on the certificates.

Further, distributions to certificateholders not treated as holding debt
would be treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the
extent of the current and accumulated earnings and profits of the deemed
corporation.

TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

         Tax Characterization of the Certificates as Debt

         The transferor will express in the POOLING AGREEMENT its intent
that the certificates will be treated as debt for all U.S. tax purposes.
The transferor, by entering into the POOLING AGREEMENT, and each
certificateholder, by the acceptance of a beneficial interest in a
certificate, will agree to treat the certificates as debt for U.S. tax
purposes. However, the POOLING AGREEMENT generally refers to the transfer
of receivables as a "transfer, assignment and conveyance," and the
transferor will treat the POOLING AGREEMENT, for some non-tax accounting
purposes, as causing a transfer of an ownership interest in the receivables
and not as creating a debt obligation.

         For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the economic substance of a
transaction often determines its tax consequences. The form of a
transaction, while a relevant factor, is generally not conclusive evidence
of the economic substance of the transaction. In appropriate circumstances,
the courts have allowed the IRS, as well as taxpayers, in more limited
circumstances, to treat a transaction in accordance with its economic
substance, as determined under U.S. federal income tax law, even though the
participants in the transaction have characterized it differently for
non-tax purposes. In a 1967 case, however, the courts substantially limited
the circumstances in which a taxpayer for tax purposes could ignore the
form of a transaction. Nevertheless, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
LLP has advised that, in a properly presented case, this would not prevent
a determination of the tax characterization of the certificates based on
the economic substance of the transaction.

         President Clinton's Fiscal 2000 Budget Proposal includes a
legislative proposal that would codify the 1967 rule if tax indifferent
parties are involved. The proposal would only apply to transactions entered
into on or after the date of first committee action. It is unclear if the
proposal, as currently drafted, would apply to securities like the
certificates. It is impossible to predict whether the proposed legislation
will be enacted and, if so, in what form. Prospective investors should
consult their own tax advisors regarding the proposed legislation.

         The IRS and the courts have determined whether the economic
substance of a purported sale of an interest in property is, instead, a
loan secured by the transferred property based on numerous factors designed
to determine whether the seller has relinquished and the purchaser has
obtained substantial incidents of ownership in the transferred property.
The primary factors examined are whether the purchaser has the opportunity
for gain if the property increases in value and has the risk of loss if the
property decreases in value. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP is of
the opinion that, although no transaction closely comparable to that
contemplated in this prospectus has been the subject of any Treasury
regulation, revenue ruling or judicial decision, the certificates will be
properly characterized as indebtedness for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. The discussion below assumes that the certificates will be
considered debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

         Taxation of Interest Income on the Certificates

         General. The transferor intends to take the position that a U.S.
CERTIFICATE OWNER generally will include the stated interest on a
certificate in gross income when that interest income is received or
accrued according to that U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER'S regular method of tax
accounting. This conclusion is based on the transferor's position that the
stated interest on a certificate is unconditionally payable.

         Under the applicable Treasury regulations, the stated interest on
the certificates will be considered unconditionally payable only if the
terms and conditions of the certificates make the likelihood of late
payment or non-payment of the stated interest a remote contingency. The
transferor believes that the late payment or non-payment of stated interest
on the certificates is a remote contingency:

         o      since the trust and the trustee will have no discretion to
                withhold, delay or otherwise defer scheduled monthly
                payments of stated interest on the certificates, if the
                trust has sufficient cash on hand to allow the trustee to
                make those interest payments, and

         o      based on the ratings of the certificates.

         If, however, the stated interest on the certificates is not
considered unconditionally payable:

         o      the stated interest on the certificates will be considered
                original issue discount, and

         o      a U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER will be required to include that
                stated interest in income, as original issue discount, on a
                daily economic accrual basis despite that person's regular
                method of tax accounting and without regard to whether cash
                related to that income is paid at the same time.

In addition, if the stated interest on the certificates is not paid in full
on a DISTRIBUTION DATE, the certificates may at that time, and at all later
times, be considered to be issued with original issue discount and all U.S.
CERTIFICATE OWNERS would be required to include that stated interest in
income as original issue discount on an economic accrual basis.

         Original Issue Discount Obligations. Assuming that the stated
interest on the certificates is considered to be "unconditionally payable,"
a series of certificates will not be considered to have been issued with
original issue discount unless:

         o      a substantial amount of that series of certificates is
                sold, under the original issuance of those certificates, to
                investors at a price that is less than the stated principal
                amount of those certificates, and

         o      the amount of the discount exceeds a statutory de minimis
                amount of original issue discount.

If these bullet points apply, the amount of the discount will be considered
original issue discount. Under applicable regulations, a holder of a
certificate issued with de minimis original issue discount must include the
original issue discount in income proportionately as principal payments are
made on a class of certificates.

         A U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER must include the amount of the original
issue discount in income on a daily economic accrual basis without regard
to that person's method of accounting and without regard to receipt of cash
related to that income. A U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER will not be required to
include in income separately any payments received on the certificates for
the original issue discount. The relevant prospectus supplement will
disclose if any series of certificates is issued with original issue
discount.

         A certificateholder who purchases a certificate at a discount from
its adjusted issue price may be subject to the "market discount" rules of
the tax code. The relevant parts of these rules provide:

         o      for gain attributable to accrued market discount to be
                treated as ordinary income when partial principal payments
                are received, or when the certificate is sold or disposed
                of, and

         o      for interest deductions related to debt incurred to acquire
                or carry the market discount certificate to be deferred.

         A certificateholder that purchases a certificate for an amount
greater than the sum of all amounts payable on that certificate after the
purchase date other than payments of "qualified stated interest", the
"stated redemption amount," will be considered to have purchased the
certificate at a premium. That certificateholder may generally choose to
amortize the premium as an offset to interest income using a constant yield
method over the remaining term of the certificate.

         Sale, Exchange or Retirement of Certificates

         Upon a sale or other taxable exchange, retirement or disposition
of a certificate, a U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER will recognize gain or loss
equal to the difference between:

         o      the amount realized on that sale, exchange, retirement or
                other disposition, less an amount equal to any accrued but
                unpaid interest that the U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER has not
                included in gross income previously, which will be taxable
                as gross income, and

         o      the U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER'S adjusted tax basis in that
                certificate:

                -     as increased by any original issue discount or market
                      discount previously included in income by the holder,
                      and

                -     as decreased by any deductions previously allowed for
                      amortizable bond premium and by any payments
                      reflecting principal or original issue discount
                      received for that certificate.

This gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and generally will
be considered long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER
held the certificate for more than one year at the time of the sale,
exchange, retirement or other disposition and subject to the market
discount provisions of the tax code. The long-term capital gains of
individuals, estates, and trusts generally are eligible for reduced rates
of taxation. Capital losses generally may be used only to offset capital
gains.

NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNERS

         Assuming that all of the certificates issued to NON-U.S.
CERTIFICATE OWNERS are considered debt of the transferor for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, under present U.S. federal income and estate tax law,
and subject to the discussion on backup withholding below under
"--Information Reporting and Backup Withholding":

         o      no withholding of U.S. federal income tax will be required
                for the payment by the transferor or any withholding agent
                of principal or interest on a certificate owned by a
                NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER if:

                -     the beneficial owner does not actually or
                      constructively own 10% or more of the total combined
                      voting power of all classes of stock of the
                      transferor entitled to vote within the meaning of
                      section 871(h)(3) of the tax code and the Treasury
                      regulations under the tax code,

                -     the beneficial owner is not a controlled foreign
                      corporation that is related to the transferor through
                      stock ownership,

                -     the beneficial owner is not a bank whose receipt of
                      interest on a certificate is described in section
                      881(c)(3)(A) of the tax code, and

                -     the beneficial owner satisfies the statement
                      requirement provided in section 871(h) and section
                      881(c) of the tax code and the Treasury regulations
                      under the tax code, and

         o      a certificate beneficially owned by an individual who at
                the time of his or her death is a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE
                OWNER will not be subject to U.S. federal estate tax as a
                result of that individual's death if:

                -     the individual does not actually or constructively
                      own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of
                      all classes of stock of the transferor entitled to
                      vote within the meaning of section 871(h)(3) of the
                      tax code, and

                -     the interest payments relating to the certificate
                      would not have been, if received at the time of the
                      individual's death, effectively connected with the
                      conduct of a U.S. trade or business by the
                      individual.

         To satisfy the statement requirement referred to above, the
certificateholder or a financial institution holding the certificate on
behalf of the owner, must provide, in accordance with specified procedures,
the transferor or any withholding agent with a statement to the effect that
the certificateholder is not a U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER. Currently, these
requirements will be met if:

         o      the certificateholder provides its name and address, and
                certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a
                U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER, which certification may be made on
                an IRS Form W-8 or successor form, or

         o      a financial institution holding the certificate on behalf
                of a certificate owner certifies, under penalties of
                perjury, that the statement has been received by it and
                furnishes any withholding agent with a copy.

Under recently finalized Treasury regulations, the statement requirement
also may be satisfied with other documentary evidence for interest paid
after December 31, 2000 to an offshore account or through some foreign
intermediaries.

         If a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER cannot satisfy the requirements
described above, payments of interest made to that beneficial owner will be
subject to a 30% withholding tax unless that beneficial owner provides the
transferor or any withholding agent with a properly executed:

         o      IRS Form 1001, or successor form, claiming an exemption
                from, or a reduction in the rate of, that withholding tax
                under the benefit of an applicable U.S. income tax treaty,
                or

         o      IRS Form 4224, or successor form, stating that the interest
                paid on the certificate is not subject to that withholding
                tax because it is effectively connected with the
                certificateholder's conduct of a trade or business in the
                United States.

Under recently finalized Treasury regulations, NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNERS
generally will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8 in lieu of an IRS
Form 1001 and IRS Form 4224, although alternative documentation may be
applicable in some situations.

         The NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER, although exempt from the U.S.
withholding tax discussed above, will be subject to U.S. federal income tax
on the interest on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a
U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER if:

         o      it is engaged in a trade or business in the United States,
                and

         o      the interest on its certificates is effectively connected
                with the conduct of that trade or business.

In addition, if that NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER is a foreign corporation,
it may be subject to a U.S. branch profits tax equal to 30%, or lower
applicable treaty rate, of its effectively connected earnings and profits
for the taxable year, subject to adjustments. For this purpose, the
interest income will be included in that foreign corporation's earnings and
profits.

         Any gain realized by a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER upon the sale,
exchange, retirement or other disposition of a certificate generally will
not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:

         o      the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
                business of the NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER in the United
                States,

         o      for a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER who is an individual, that
                individual is present in the United States for 183 days or
                more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, retirement
                or other disposition, and other conditions are met, or

         o      to the extent the gain is considered accrued but unpaid
                interest, the requirements described above are not
                satisfied.

         If the certificates were treated as an interest in a partnership,
except a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, that
recharacterization could cause a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER to be treated
as engaged in a trade or business in the United States, in which case, the
NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER:

         o      would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return,
                and

         o      generally, would be subject to U.S. federal income tax,
                including, for a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER that is a
                corporation, the U.S. branch profits tax, on its allocable
                share of the net income from the partnership.

Further, some withholding obligations may apply for partnership income that
is allocable to a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER that is considered to be a
partner in the partnership. That withholding would be imposed at a rate
equal to the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to
the NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER. Alternatively, if some or all of the
certificates were treated as equity interests in a publicly traded
partnership taxable as a corporation, the gross amount of any related
dividend distributions to a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER generally would be
subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30%, unless that rate were
reduced under an applicable U.S. income tax treaty. See the last two
paragraphs of "--Tax Characterization of the Trust" above for discussion of
possible alternative characterizations of the trust.

         Special rules may apply for NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNERS who:

         o      have an office or other fixed place of business in the
                U.S.,

         o      are former U.S. citizens,

         o      are engaged in a banking, financing, insurance or similar
                business in the U.S., or

         o      are "controlled foreign corporations," "foreign personal
                holding companies," "passive foreign investment companies"
                or corporations that accumulate earnings in order to avoid
                U.S. federal income tax.

These persons should consult their own U.S. tax advisors before investing in
the certificates.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

         In general, information reporting requirements will apply to some
payments of principal and interest paid on certificates and to the proceeds
of the sale of a certificate made by U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNERS except some
exempt recipients, like corporations. A 31% backup withholding tax will
apply to those payments if the U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER fails to provide a
taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fails
to report in full dividend and interest income.

         No information reporting or backup withholding will be required
for payments made by the transferor or any withholding agent to a NON-U.S.
CERTIFICATE OWNER if the statement described above under "--Non-U.S.
Certificate Owners" has been received and the payor does not have knowledge
that the NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER is actually a U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER.

         In addition, backup withholding and information reporting will not
apply if payments of principal and interest on a certificate are paid or
collected by a foreign office of a custodian, nominee or other foreign
agent on behalf of a certificateholder or if a foreign office of a broker,
as defined in applicable Treasury regulations, pays the proceeds of the
sale of a certificate to the owner of that security. If, however, the
custodian, nominee, agent or broker is, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes:

         o      a United States person,

         o      a controlled foreign corporation,

         o      a foreign person that derives 50% or more of its gross
                income for specified periods from the conduct of a trade or
                business in the United States, or

         o      for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2000, a
                foreign partnership in which one or more United States
                persons, in total, own more than 50% of the income or
                capital interests in the partnership or which is engaged in
                a trade or business in the United States,

those payments will not be subject to backup withholding but will be
subject to information reporting, unless:

         o      that custodian, nominee, agent or broker has documentary
                evidence in its records that the relevant certificateholder
                is not a United States person and other conditions are met,
                or

         o      the certificateholder establishes an exemption.

         Payments of principal and interest on a certificate paid to the
certificateholder by a United States office of a custodian, nominee or
agent, or the payment by the United States office of a broker of the
proceeds of the sale of a certificate, will be subject to both backup
withholding and information reporting unless:

         o      the relevant certificateholder provides the statement
                referred to above under "--Non-U.S. Certificate Owners, and

         o      the payor has no knowledge that the certificateholder is
                actually a U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER or the certificateholder
                establishes an exemption.

         Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be
allowed as a refund or a credit against a certificateholder's U.S. federal
income tax liability if the required information is furnished to the IRS.

STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

         The discussion above does not address the tax consequences of the
purchase, ownership or disposition of a certificate under any state or
local tax law. Each investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding
state and local tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of a
certificate.


                    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN CONSIDERATIONS

         A plan fiduciary considering an investment in the offered
certificates should consider that an investment might constitute or give
rise to a prohibited transaction under Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended, and the tax code or any substantially similar
federal, state or local law. ERISA and the tax code impose restrictions on:

         o      employee benefit plans as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA,

         o      plans described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the tax code,
                including retirement accounts and Keogh plans,

         o      entities whose underlying asset include plan assets by
                reason of a plan's investment in these entities, and

         o      persons who have specified relationships to a plan
                described as "parties in interest" under ERISA and
                "disqualified persons" under the tax code.

REGULATION UNDER ERISA AND THE TAX CODE

         ERISA imposes duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a plan.
Under ERISA, any person who exercises any authority or control over the
management or disposition of a plan's assets is considered to be a
fiduciary of that plan. Both ERISA and the tax code prohibit some
transactions involving "plan assets" between a plan and parties in interest
or disqualified persons. Violations of these rules may result in the
imposition of an excise tax or penalty.

         The term "plan assets" is not defined by ERISA or the tax code.
However, a plan's assets may be considered to include an interest in the
underlying assets of the trust if the plan acquires an "equity interest" in
the trust. An equity interest includes the certificates. If so, the
operation of the trust may result in a prohibited transaction under ERISA
and the tax code.

FINAL REGULATION ISSUED BY THE DOL

         The U.S. Department of Labor issued a final regulation which
provides exceptions to a plan which acquires an equity interest in the
trust. If a plan acquires a "publicly-offered security," the issuer of the
security is not treated as holding plan assets. A publicly-offered security
is a security that:

         o      is freely transferable,

         o      is part of a class of securities that is owned by 100 or
                more investors independent of the issuer and of one
                another, and

         o      is either:

                -     part of a class of securities registered under
                      Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange
                      Act, or

                -     sold to the plan as part of an offering of securities
                      to the public under an effective registration
                      statement under the Securities Act and the class of
                      securities of which that security is part is
                      registered under the Securities Exchange Act within
                      the requisite time.

         Although it is anticipated that the conditions of this exception
may be met for some classes of certificates, no assurances can be given and
no monitoring will be done.

         In addition, the final regulation provides that if at all times
more than 75% of the value of all classes of equity interests in
certificates of a series are held by investors other than plan investors,
an investing plan's assets will not include any of the underlying assets of
the trust.

         If the criteria for publicly-offered securities are not met for
any class of offered certificates, the trust assets may be treated as
including assets of plans that are certificateholders. If so, transactions
involving the trust and parties in interest or disqualified persons
relating to plans that are certificateholders might be prohibited under
ERISA and the tax code. For example, if a participant in any plan is a
cardholder of one of the accounts, under DOL interpretations the holding of
interests in certificates by that plan could constitute a prohibited
transaction. In addition, if DHRC or any underwriter of that series is a
party in interest or a disqualified person for an investing plan, the
purchase of an interest in certificates by that plan could constitute a
prohibited transaction. An investment by a plan in certificates could
result in liability under ERISA and the tax code unless a statutory or
administrative exemption exists and the plan satisfies all conditions for
exemptive relief.

EXEMPTIONS TO PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

         There are five class exemptions issued by the DOL that could apply
in the event of a prohibited transaction. These DOL Prohibited Transaction
Class Exemptions apply to:

         o      plan asset transactions determined by independent qualified
                professional asset managers (PTE 84-14),

         o      some transactions involving bank collective investment
                funds (PTE 91-38),

         o      some transactions involving insurance company pooled
                separate accounts (PTE 90-1),

         o      some transactions involving insurance company general
                accounts (PTE 95-60), and

         o      plan asset transactions determined by in-house asset
                managers (PTE 96-23).

         We can provide no assurance that these exemptions or any other
exemption will apply, even if all of the conditions specified are
satisfied.

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR INSURANCE COMPANIES

         Based on the reasoning of the United States Supreme Court in John
Hancock Life Ins. Co. v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank, 114 S. Ct. 517
(1993), an insurance company's general account may be deemed to include
assets of the Plans investing in the general account (e.g., through the
purchase of an annuity contract), and the insurance company might be
treated as a Party-in-Interest with respect to a Plan by virtue of such
investment.

         Any purchaser that is an insurance company using the assets of an
insurance company general account should note that the Small Business Job
Protection Act of 1996 added new Section 401(c) of ERISA relating to the
status of the assets of insurance company general accounts under ERISA and
Section 4975 of the Code. Pursuant to Section 401(c), the Department of
Labor issued final regulations effective January 5, 2000 with respect to
insurance policies issued on or before December 31, 1998 that are supported
by an insurer's general account. As a result of these regulations, assets
of an insurance company general account will not be treated as "plan
assets" for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA
and Section 4975 of the Code to the extent such assets relate to contracts
issued to employee benefit plans on or before December 31, 1998 and the
insurer satisfies various conditions.

         Section 401(c) also provides that, except in the case of avoidance
of the final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and actions
brought by the Secretary of Labor relating to certain breaches of fiduciary
duties that also constitute breaches of state or federal criminal law,
until the date that is 18 months after the final regulations issued by the
Department of Labor become final, no liability under the fiduciary
responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section
4975 of the Code may result on the basis of a claim that the assets of the
general account of an insurance company constitute the "plan assets" of any
such plan.

         The plan asset status of insurance company separate accounts is
unaffected by new Section 401(c) of ERISA, and separate account assets
continue to be treated as the plan assets of any such plan invested in a
separate account. Potential investors considering the purchase of
certificates of any series on behalf of an insurance company general
account should consult their legal advisors regarding the effect of these
regulations on the investment.

GENERAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         Prospective fiduciaries of a plan considering the purchase of
interests in certificates of any series should consult with their legal
advisors concerning the impact of ERISA and the tax code and the potential
consequences of making an investment in the certificates based on their
specific circumstances. Each plan fiduciary should take into account, among
other considerations:

         o      whether the fiduciary has the authority to make the
                investment,

         o      the composition of the plan's portfolio as to
                diversification by type of asset,

         o      the plan's funding objectives,

         o      the tax effects of the investment,

         o      whether the assets of the trust which are represented by
                these interests would be considered plan assets, and

         o      whether, under the general fiduciary standards of
                investment prudence and diversification an investment in
                certificates of any series is appropriate for the plan
                taking into account the overall investment policy of the
                plan and the composition of the plan's investment
                portfolio.

         Some employee benefit plans, for example, governmental plans and
some church plans, are not subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA
and Section 4975 of the tax code. For this reason, assets of these plans
may be invested in the certificates of each series without regard to the
ERISA considerations described here, subject to the provisions of any other
applicable federal and state law. It should be noted that any plan that is
qualified and exempt from taxation under the tax code is subject to the
prohibited transaction rules described in the tax code.


             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION FOR THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES

         The place and time of delivery for any series of certificates will
be described in the accompanying prospectus supplement. DHRC may sell
certificates:

         o      through underwriters or dealers,

         o      directly to one or more purchasers, or

         o      through agents.

         The prospectus supplement for any offered series will describe the
terms of the offering of the offered certificates, including:

         o      the name or names of any underwriters for the certificates,

         o      the purchase price of the certificates,

         o      the proceeds to DHRC from the sale,

         o      any underwriting discounts,

         o      any other compensation of the underwriters,

         o      the initial offering price, and

         o      any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid
                to dealers.

         Under each underwriting agreement, DHRC will agree to sell to each
of the underwriters in the related prospectus supplement the principal
amount of the offered certificates. In turn, each of those underwriters
will agree to purchase from DHRC the principal amount of certificates
described in the underwriting agreement and in the related prospectus
supplement. The underwriting agreement may allow for a proportional
adjustment in the event of an increase or decrease in the full amount of
the offered certificates. If there is a default by any underwriter, the
underwriting agreement will provide that, in some circumstances, purchase
commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the
underwriting agreement may be ended.

         Each underwriting agreement will provide that DHRC will indemnify
the related underwriters against some liabilities, including liabilities
under the federal securities laws.


                               LEGAL MATTERS

         Legal matters relating to the certificates will be passed upon for
RNB, DHCC, DHRC and the trust by James T. Hale, Senior Vice President,
Secretary and General Counsel of Dayton Hudson Corporation. Legal matters
relating to the certificates will be passed upon for the underwriters by
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York. Mr. Hale owns
or has the right to acquire a number of shares of common stock of Dayton
Hudson Corporation which total less than 1% of the outstanding common stock
of Dayton Hudson Corporation. Federal income tax matters will be passed
upon for DHRC by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New
York.


                       REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

         Unless and until DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES are issued, monthly and
annual reports, which contain unaudited information concerning the trust
and which are prepared by the servicer, will be sent on behalf of the trust
to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC and registered holder of the related
certificates. These reports will not constitute financial statements
prepared under generally accepted accounting principles. DHRC does not
intend to send any of its financial reports to registered holders of
certificates or to owners of beneficial interests in the certificates. DHRC
will file with the SEC the periodic reports relating to the trust that are
required under federal securities laws. DHRC may suspend the filing of
periodic reports to the extent the filings are no longer required of DHRC.
See "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Registration" and
"--Reports to Certificateholders" and "The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement--Evidence as to Compliance."


                    WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

         We filed a registration statement relating to the securities with
the SEC. This prospectus is part of the registration statement, but the
registration statement includes additional information.

         The SEC allows us to incorporate information by reference to SEC
filings. This means that we can disclose information to you by referring to
those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to
be part of this prospectus. We refer you to the registration statement for
additional information, including any amendments and exhibits. We also
incorporate by reference any future annual, monthly and special SEC reports
and proxy materials filed by or on behalf of the trust until the offering
of the certificates has ended.

         Information that we file later with the SEC will automatically
update the information in this prospectus. You should always rely on the
later information over different information included in this prospectus or
the related prospectus supplement. All reports, statements and other
information we file are available for inspection without charge at the
public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at:

         o      450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,

         o      7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048, and

         o      Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
                Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511.

         Copies of the filings may be obtained from the Public Reference
Section of the SEC, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at
prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further
information on the operation of the public reference rooms. In addition,
the SEC maintains a Web site at "http://www.sec.gov" that contains filings
and information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.


                      GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS

         "ACCUMULATION PERIOD" means for any series or class, a period:

         o      beginning on a date determined as described in the related
                prospectus supplement, and

         o      ending on the earliest of:

                -     the start of the Early Amortization Period or the
                      Rapid Accumulation Period,

                -     the date specified in the related prospectus
                      supplement, and

                -     the Trust Termination Date; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables up to the amount
specified in the related prospectus supplement are accumulated in a
Principal Funding Account for payment to certificateholders of that series
or class on the Expected Final Payment Date.

         "ADDITION CUT-OFF DATE" means any date DHRC designates any
Supplemental Account or Participation Interest for inclusion in the trust.

         "ADDITION DATE" means the date DHRC, under the conditions
specified in the Pooling Agreement, adds the following to the trust:

         o      receivables arising in accounts owned by RNB or another
                Credit Card Originator, and

         o      any Participation Interest.

         "ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT" means each Automatic Additional Account and
Supplemental Account.

         "ADDITIONAL INTEREST" means interest on overdue Monthly Interest
at the rate specified in the related prospectus supplement.

         "ADJUSTMENT PAYMENT" means any payment DHRC must make into the
Special Funding Account equal to the amount by which the servicer adjusts
downward the Principal Receivables:

         o      for which it received no collections and no charge-off has
                occurred, and

         o      which causes the Required Retained Transferor Amount to
                exceed the Transferor Amount, excluding the interest
                represented by any Supplemental Certificate.

         "AGGREGATE ADDITION LIMIT" means a number of accounts which
either:

         o      for any of the three consecutive Monthly Periods beginning
                in January, April, July and October of each calendar year,
                may not exceed 15% of the number of accounts as of the
                first day of the calendar year during which those Monthly
                Periods begin, or

         o      for any twelve-month period, equals 20% of the number of
                accounts as of the first day of that twelve-month period.

         "AMORTIZATION PERIOD" means, for any series or any class within a
series, a period following the Revolving Period, which will be the
Controlled Amortization Period, the Principal Amortization Period, the
Rapid Accumulation Period, the Early Amortization Period, or other
amortization period, in each case as defined for the series in the related
prospectus supplement.

         "ASSIGNED ASSETS" means all or a portion of RNB's consumer open
end credit card accounts and the receivables arising under those accounts
that can be transferred to an assuming entity if conditions specified in
the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement
and the Pooling Agreement are satisfied.

         "ASSUMED OBLIGATIONS" means all servicing functions and other
obligations under the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Receivables
Purchase Agreement and the Pooling Agreement or relating to the
transactions contemplated by those agreements.

         "AUTOMATIC ADDITION SUSPENSION DATE" means the date DHRC
determines to suspend the inclusion of new open end credit card accounts
owned by the Credit Card Originators in Automatic Additional Accounts.

         "AUTOMATIC ADDITION TERMINATION DATE" means the date on which new
open end credit card accounts owned by the Credit Card Originators will
cease to become Automatic Additional Accounts.

         "AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS" means each open end credit card
account established under a credit card agreement with a Credit Card
Originator arising:

         o      after the Cut-Off Date and before the earlier of the
                Automatic Addition Suspension Date or Automatic Addition
                Termination Date, and

         o      after a Restart Date and before any subsequent Automatic
                Addition Suspension Date or Automatic Addition Termination
                Date.

         "BASE RATE" means, unless otherwise specified in a Series
Supplement, for any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of
the sum of:

         o      a fraction:

                -     whose numerator is the sum of the Class A Monthly
                      Interest, and the Class B Monthly Interest for the
                      related Interest Period, and

                -     whose denominator is the Invested Amount on the last
                      business day of that Monthly Period, and

         o      a fraction:

                -     whose numerator is the monthly servicing fee for that
                      Monthly Period, and

                -     whose denominator is the Invested Amount on the last
                      business day of the preceding Monthly Period.

         "CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT" means an account providing credit
enhancement for a series or class of certificates directly or indirectly as
security for a Cash Collateral Guaranty.

         "CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY" means a guaranty secured by the deposit
of cash or eligible investments in a Cash Collateral Account reserved for
the beneficiaries of that Cash Collateral Guaranty.

         "CEDELBANK" means Cedelbank, societe anonyme, an institution
administering a book-entry settlement system for trading of securities in
Europe.

         "CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS" means organizations participating in
Cedelbank's book-entry system.

         "CERTIFICATE RATE" means the interest rate per annum applicable
for any series or class of certificates.

         "CLOSING DATE" means the date of issuance of a series.

         "COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT" means a subordinated interest in a
series of certificates in an amount initially equal to the percentage of
the certificates of that series specified in the related prospectus
supplement.

         "COLLECTION ACCOUNT" means an Eligible Deposit Account for the
benefit of the certificateholders into which the servicer deposits
collections on the receivables.

         "CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD" means for any series or class, a
period:

         o      beginning on a date specified in the related prospectus
                supplement after the Revolving Period, and

         o      ending on the earliest of:

                -     the start of the Early Amortization Period or the
                      Rapid Accumulation Period,

                -     the date specified in the related prospectus
                      supplement, and

                -     the Trust Termination Date; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables up to the amount
specified in the related prospectus supplement are deposited monthly into
the Principal Funding Account for payment to certificateholders on the
Expected Final Payment Date.

         "CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD" means for any series or class, a
period:

         o      beginning on a date specified in the related prospectus
                supplement, and

         o      ending on the earliest of:

                -     the start of the Early Amortization Period, and

                -     the date specified in the related prospectus
                      supplement; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the Invested
Amount and other amounts up to an amount specified in the related
prospectus supplement are paid to certificateholders of that series or
class on each Distribution Date.

         "CREDIT CARD GUIDELINES" means the written policies and procedures
of the Credit Card Originator relating to the operation of its consumer
revolving lending business, including:

         o      determining the creditworthiness of credit card customers,

         o      the extension of credit to credit card customers, and

         o      relating to the maintenance of credit card accounts and
                collection of receivables,

as these policies and procedures may be modified in accordance with
requirements of law.

         "CREDIT CARD ORIGINATOR" means RNB and any transferee, successor
or assign of RNB or any other originator of consumer open end credit card
accounts designated to have their receivables included in the trust.

         "CUT-OFF DATE" means June 30, 1995.

         "DEFAULT PERCENTAGE" means for any Monthly Period, the average
default rate used to determine if DHRC may continue to designate Automatic
Additional Accounts to the trust during that Monthly Period. This
percentage is equal to the average for the three Monthly Periods preceding
that Monthly Period of the annualized percentage of a fraction:

         o      whose numerator equals the Defaulted Amount for each
                respective Monthly Period, and

         o      whose denominator equals the total Principal Receivables as
                of the first day of the related Monthly Period.

         "DEFAULTED AMOUNT" means the amount of receivables described under
"Description of the Certificates--Defaulted Receivables."

         "DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES" means for any date of determination,
Principal Receivables that are charged-off as uncollectible on that day.

         "DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES" means certificates in fully registered,
certificated form that are only issued to certificateholders under the
circumstances described under "Description of the Certificates--Definitive
Certificates."

         "DISCOUNT OPTION" means DHRC's option to designate a
percentage--the Discount Percentage--of receivables in the trust that would
otherwise be Principal Receivables, to be treated as Finance Charge
Receivables.

         "DISCOUNT OPTION RECEIVABLES" means those receivables that
otherwise would have been treated as Principal Receivables that are to be
treated as Finance Charge Receivables at DHRC's option.

         "DISCOUNT PERCENTAGE" means a fixed or variable percentage
specified in the related prospectus supplement.

         "DISTRIBUTION DATE" means each date specified in the related
prospectus supplement on which distributions of interest or principal are
to be made to certificateholders.

         "DTC PARTICIPANTS" means participants of DTC including securities
brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and
certain other organizations.

         "EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENT" means for any series of certificates
issued by the trust, any of the events identified in the related prospectus
supplement and any of the events described under "Description of the
Certificates--Early Amortization Events" causing the Rapid Accumulation
Period or the Early Amortization Period to begin.

         "EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD" means for any series, a period:

         o      beginning on the day an Early Amortization Event occurs or
                any other date specified in the related prospectus
                supplement, and

         o      ending on the earliest of:

                -     the date the Invested Amount of the certificates of
                      that series has been paid in full, and,

                -     the Series Termination Date; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables allocable to that series
will be paid on each Distribution Date to the certificateholders of that
series.

         "ELIGIBLE DEPOSIT ACCOUNT" means any bank account satisfying the
requirements listed in "Description of the Certificates--Collection
Account."

         "ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION" means those financial institutions
described under "Description of the Certificates--Collection Account."

         "ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS" means those investments described under
"Description of the Certificates--Collection Account."

         "ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE" means each receivable satisfying the
requirements listed in "The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement--Representations and Warranties."

         "ENHANCEMENT INVESTED AMOUNT" means a subordinated interest in
cash flows in respect of the receivables to the extent described in the
related prospectus supplement.

         "EUROCLEAR" means the system operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York's Brussels, Belgium office under contract with
Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation.

         "EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS" means participants of the Euroclear
system.

         "EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means those finance charge
collections described under "Description of the Certificates--Sharing of
Excess Finance Charge Collections and Excess Transferor Finance Charge
Collections."

         "EXCESS TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means those finance
charge collections described under "Description of the
Certificates--Sharing of Excess Finance Charge Collections and Excess
Transferor Finance Charge Collections."

         "EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE" means for a series or class with an
Accumulation Period, the expected date of final payment of principal and
any accrued and unpaid interest for that series or class specified in the
supplement.

         "FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES" means:

         o      periodic finance charges, and

         o      other charges and fees, including deferred billing fees and
                merchant fees,

         o      other amounts billed for receivables that are not Eligible
                Receivables, and

         o      the amount of any Discount Option Receivables.

         "FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means for each Monthly Period,
the percentage used to allocate to your series Defaulted Amounts and
collections of Finance Charge Receivables as described in the related
prospectus supplement.

         "FUNDING PERIOD" means for any pre-funded series, the period:

         o      beginning on the Closing Date and ending on a date
                specified in the related prospectus supplement before an
                Amortization Period or an Accumulation Period begins, and

         o      during which:

                -     the outstanding principal amount of the pre-funded
                      series may be greater than the investment of that
                      series in the receivables in the trust, and

                -     this difference is held in a Pre-Funding Account for
                      the benefit of the certificateholders.

         "INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES" means receivables not satisfying the
requirements of Eligible Receivables.

         "INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT" means an Eligible Deposit Account for
the benefit of the certificateholders of a series in which amounts to be
paid to those certificateholders as interest will be deposited on a monthly
basis, if interest payments are made to certificateholders less frequently
than monthly.

         "INVESTED AMOUNT" means for certificateholders in a series, the
total principal amount of their interest in trust assets as specified in
the related prospectus supplement.

         "INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF" means for any Monthly Period and for any
series, the amount by which the Invested Amount will be reduced to cover
Defaulted Amounts allocated to the series and other amounts as may be
specified in the prospectus supplement for any series that are not covered
from collections of Finance Charge Receivables or other sources as
specified in the prospectus supplement for any series.

         "INVESTOR DEFAULTED AMOUNT" means for any Monthly Period, the
product of:

         o      the Investor Percentage specified in the related prospectus
                supplement for that Monthly Period, and

         o      the Defaulted Amount for that Monthly Period.

         "INVESTOR PERCENTAGE" means the Floating Allocation Percentage
and/or the Principal Allocation Percentage, as applicable.

         "MONTHLY INTEREST" means interest accrued for a monthly interest
accrual period as specified in the related prospectus supplement for any
series or class.

         "MONTHLY PERIOD" means a fiscal month of DHRC.

         "NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER" means a beneficial owner of a
certificate that is not a U.S. Certificate Owner.

         "PARTICIPATION" means an interest in the assets of the trust in
the form of a participation.

         "PARTICIPATION INTEREST" means any participation or certificate
representing an undivided interest in a pool of assets primarily consisting
of open end credit card receivables originated by RNB or another Credit
Card Originator and collections on those receivables and other assets.

         "PARTICIPATION PERCENTAGE" means the percentage of all collections
of Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables and any other
assets of the trust that the holder of any Participation is entitled to
under a Participation Supplement.

         "PARTICIPATION SUPPLEMENT" means a supplement to the Pooling
Agreement under which the trustee issues Participations at DHRC's direction.

         "PAYMENT RATE PERCENTAGE" means for any Monthly Period, the
average payment rate used to determine if DHRC may continue to designate
Automatic Additional Accounts to the trust during that Monthly Period. This
percentage is equal to the average for the three Monthly Periods preceding
that Monthly Period of the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

         o      whose numerator equals the amount of collections received
                during that Monthly Period, and

         o      whose denominator equals the total Principal Receivables as
                of the first day of the
                related Monthly Period.

         "POOLING AGREEMENT" means the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of September 13, 1995, among DHRC, as transferor of the
receivables to the trust, RNB, as servicer of the receivables, and Norwest
Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee, as amended from time to
time.

         "PORTFOLIO REASSIGNMENT PRICE" means the amount DHRC deposits into
the Collection Account to satisfy its reassignment obligations equal to:

         o      the total Invested Amount for all outstanding series,

         o      outstanding amounts invested by enhancement providers, if
                any, of all series,

         o      interest payable to certificateholders on that Distribution
                Date,

         o      any interest amounts that were due but not paid on an
                earlier Distribution Date, and

         o      interest on the overdue interest amounts, if the applicable
                Series Supplement so provides, at the applicable
                Certificate Rates through the day before that Distribution
                Date.

         "PORTFOLIO YIELD" means with respect to any series for any Monthly
Period, the annualized percentage specified in the related prospectus
supplement.

         "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT" means a bank account:

         o      established with the trustee for the benefit of
                certificateholders of a pre-funded series, and

         o      in which is deposited the pre-funded amount.

         "PRINCIPAL ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means for each Monthly Period,
and for each series, the percentage used to allocate collections of
Principal Receivables to that series as described in the related prospectus
supplement.

         "PRINCIPAL AMORTIZATION PERIOD" means for any series or class, a
period:

         o      beginning on the date specified in the related prospectus
                supplement, and

         o      ending on the earliest of:

                -     the start of the Early Amortization Period,

                -     payment in full of the Invested Amount for that
                      series or class, and

                -     the Series Termination Date; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the Invested
Amount and other amounts specified in the related prospectus supplement
will be used on each Distribution Date to make principal distributions to
the certificateholders of that series or any class then scheduled to
receive principal distributions.

         "PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT" means an Eligible Deposit Account held
for the benefit of the certificateholders of a series with an Accumulation
Period in which collections of Principal Receivables are accumulated during
the Accumulation Period. At the end of the Accumulation Period, the amount
in this account will be paid to certificateholders of that series or any
class.

         "PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES" means receivables that consist of amounts
charged by cardholders for merchandise and services, less the amount of any
Discount Option Receivables.

         "PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS" means for any series, the deficiency that
occurs when investor principal collections and other amounts are
insufficient to cover required principal payments or deposits.

         "RAPID ACCUMULATION PERIOD" means for any series or class, a
period:

         o      beginning when an Early Amortization Event occurs or at
                another time specified in the related prospectus
                supplement, and

         o      ending on the earliest of:

                -     the start of the Early Amortization Period,

                -     payment in full of the Invested Amount of the
                      certificates of that series or class, and

                -     the Series Termination Date; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables allocable to a series or
class will be deposited on each Transfer Date into the Principal Funding
Account and used to pay principal to the certificateholders of that series
on the Expected Final Payment Date.

         "RATINGS EFFECT" means a reduction or withdrawal by any rating
agency of its then-existing rating of the investor certificates of any
outstanding series or class for which it is a rating agency.

         "RECORD DATE" means with respect to any payment to
certificateholders, the date specified in the related prospectus supplement
as of which a certificateholder must be the registered holder of a
certificate to receive a payment on the following Distribution Date.

         "REMOVED ACCOUNTS" means accounts designated by DHRC to have their
receivables conveyed from the trust to DHRC and which will no longer
constitute trust accounts if DHRC satisfies the conditions specified in the
Pooling Agreement.

         "REQUIRED PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means on any date of determination,
an amount equal to:

         o      the sum of the numerators used to calculate:

                -     the Investor Percentages with respect to Principal
                      Receivables for all series then outstanding, and

                -     the Participation Percentages for all Participations
                      then outstanding, minus

         o      the amount on deposit in the Special Funding Account as of
                that date.

         "REQUIRED RETAINED TRANSFEROR AMOUNT" means the product of:

         o      the sum of:

                -     the total amount of Principal Receivables, and

                -     the amount on deposit in the Special Funding Account
                      and the amount of other specified trust assets,
                      including any other accounts specified in the related
                      prospectus supplement, and

         o      the highest of the required retained transferor's
                percentages specified in the related prospectus supplement
                for each series outstanding.

         "RESERVE ACCOUNT" means a bank account established to provide
support for a series or one or more classes of certificates. This account
may be funded by an initial cash deposit or any other method specified in
the related prospectus supplement.

         "RESTART DATE" means the date DHRC specifies in a written notice
to the trustee that it will start redesignating Automatic Additional
Accounts to the trust only if:

         o      the conditions described under "The Pooling and Servicing
                Agreement--Addition of Trust Assets" are satisfied, and

         o      all accounts of the Credit Card Originators have been
                designated either as Automatic Additional Accounts before
                the Automatic Addition Suspension Date or as Supplemental
                Accounts.

         "REVOLVING PERIOD" means for any series, a period:

         o      beginning on the Closing Date, and

         o      ending when an Amortization Period or Accumulation Period
                begins; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables allocable to that series
are not paid to certificateholders or accumulated but are paid to the
holder of the Transferor Certificate or distributed in any other manner
described in the related prospectus supplement.

         "SERIES ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means on any date of determination,
the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

         o      whose numerator is the Invested Amount of a series, and

         o      whose denominator is the sum of the Invested Amounts of all
                then outstanding series.

         "SERIES SUPPLEMENT" means the supplement to the Pooling Agreement
relating to a particular series.

         "SERIES TERMINATION DATE" means for any series, the final
Distribution Date on which principal and accrued and unpaid interest is
scheduled to be paid as described in the related prospectus supplement.

         "SERVICER DEFAULT" means any failure of the servicer under the
Pooling Agreement and any Series Supplement:

         o      to perform its duties or fulfill its obligations (each, a
                "breach") which has a material adverse impact on
                certificateholders, and

         o      to cure the breach within a specified period of time,
                including any grace period, after discovery or notice of
                the breach,

and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. See "The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement--Servicer Default" for a description of the specific
events that could result in a Servicer Default.

         "SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means those principal collections
described under "Description of the Certificates--Shared Principal
Collections and Transferor Principal Collections."

         "SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means those principal
collections described under "Description of the Certificates--Shared
Principal Collections and Transferor Principal Collections."

         "SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT" means the Eligible Deposit Account for
the benefit of the certificateholders in which principal collections are
held as collateral if the Transferor Amount, excluding the interest
representing any Supplemental Certificate, is less than the Required
Retained Transferor Amount.

         "SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS" means after the initial Cut-Off Date,
those accounts (other than Automatic Additional Accounts) DHRC designates
to be added to the trust only if they are eligible accounts. However, DHRC
must add Supplemental Accounts to the trust if:

         o      the Transferor Amount, excluding the interest represented
                by any Supplemental Certificate, is less than the Required
                Retained Transferor Amount, or

         o      the total amount of Principal Receivables in the trust is
                less than the Required Principal Balance.

         "SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE" means a certificate that represents an
interest in the Transferor's Interest waived or transferred to a person
designated by DHRC only if specified conditions in the Pooling Agreement
are satisfied.

         "SUPPLEMENTAL CONVEYANCES" means for Supplemental Accounts, the
supplement to the Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Receivables
Purchase Agreement that RNB or DHCC delivers for those accounts. Each
Supplemental Conveyance constitutes an absolute sale of the receivables in
Supplemental Accounts and all monies due or to become due from those
receivables and any related proceeds.

         "TRANSFER DATE" means the business day immediately before a
Distribution Date.

         "TRANSFEROR AMOUNT" means the total principal amount of the
Transferor's Interest in the trust based on:

         o      the total amount of Principal Receivables in the trust, and

         o      amounts on deposit in the Special Funding Account and other
                trust assets, including any other accounts specified in the
                related prospectus supplement, and

not allocated to certificateholders, the holders of any Participations or any
enhancement provider.

         "TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE" means collectively the certificate that
represents the Transferor's Interest in the trust and any Supplemental
Certificate.

         "TRANSFEROR'S INTEREST" means the total principal amount of the
interest of DHRC, its transferees and any holder of a Supplemental
Certificate in the trust.

         "TRUST PORTFOLIO YIELD" means with respect to any series for any
Monthly Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction:

         o      whose numerator equals the total collections of Finance
                Charge Receivables for that Monthly Period, and

         o      whose denominator is the total amount of Principal
                Receivables in the trust as of the
                first day of that Monthly Period.

         "TRUST TERMINATION DATE" means the earliest to occur of:

         o      the day after the day the Invested Amount and the
                Enhancement Invested Amount, if any, of each series is
                zero, only if the transferor delivers a written notice to
                the trustee electing to end the trust,

         o      September 30, 2095,

         o      an event relating to the bankruptcy of the transferor, or

         o      the Transferor Amount being less than the Required Retained
                Transferor Amount.

         "U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER" means a beneficial owner of a certificate
that is:

         o      a citizen or resident of the United States,

         o      a corporation or partnership created or organized in the
                United States or under the laws of the United States or any
                political subdivision of the United States,

         o      an estate whose income is subject to United States federal
                income taxation regardless of its source, or

         o      a trust that is subject to the supervision of a court
                within the United States and the control of a United States
                person as described in section 7701(a)(30) of the tax code
                or that has a valid election in effect under applicable
                U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States
                person.


                                                                    PART II

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     The following is an itemized list of the estimated expenses to be
incurred in connection with the offering of the securities being offered
hereunder other than underwriting discounts and commissions.


Registration Fee................................................    $ 264.00
Printing and Engraving..........................................           *
Trustee's Fees..................................................           *
Legal Fees and Expenses.........................................           *
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses......................................           *
Accountants' Fees and Expenses..................................           *
Rating Agency Fees..............................................           *
Miscellaneous Fees..............................................           *
                                                                    --------
    Total.......................................................    $
                                                                    ========

- ---------------
* To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         Article VII of the By-laws of Dayton Hudson Receivables
Corporation, a Minnesota corporation, provides for indemnification of all
persons who are serving or have served at the request of Dayton Hudson
Receivables Corporation to the extent permitted under Minnesota law. Such
indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to which those
indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of
stockholders or otherwise.

         Pursuant to agreements which the Transferor may enter into with
underwriters or agents (forms of which are included as exhibits to this
Registration Statement), officers and directors of the Transferor, and
affiliates thereof, may be entitled to indemnification by such underwriters
or agents against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, arising from information which has been furnished
to the Transferor by such underwriters or agents that appears in the
Registration Statement or any Prospectus.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS

  (a) Exhibits


1       Form of Underwriting Agreement*

4(a)    Pooling Agreement*

4(b)    Form of Series Supplement*

4(c)    Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement*

4(d)    Receivables Purchase Agreement*

5       Opinion of James T. Hale, with respect to legality*

8       Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom with respect to tax
        matters*

23(a)   Consent of James T. Hale (included in his opinion to be filed as
        Exhibit 5)*

23(b)   Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (included in its
        opinion filed as Exhibit 8)*

- ---------------
* To be filed by amendment.

  (b) Financial Statements

        All financial statements, schedules and historical financial
information have been omitted as they are not applicable.


ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

        (a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i) to
include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
registration statement; (iii) to include any material information with
respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
registration statement or any material change to such information in the
registration statement; provided, however, that (a)(i) and (a)(ii) will not
apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective
amendment by those sub-paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed by
the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in this registration
statement.

        (b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

        (d) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual
report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)
that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (e) To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the
underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered
in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to
each purchaser.

        (f) That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under
the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described
under Item 15 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification
is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in
the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by
such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to
a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of each issue.

        (g) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus
filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule
424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed
to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared
effective.

        (h) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form
of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating
to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at
that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.



                                 SIGNATURES


        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe
that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Minneapolis, State
of Minnesota, on January 28, 2000.

                                   DAYTON HUDSON CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                                   By:  DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                                        as originator of the Trust


                                   By /s/ Douglas A. Scovanner
                                     -------------------------
                                        Douglas A. Scovanner, President


                                   DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                                         as Co-Registrant


                                   By /s/ Douglas A. Scovanner
                                     -------------------------
                                        Douglas A. Scovanner, President


         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned does
hereby constitute and appoint each of Douglas A. Scovanner and Stephen C.
Kowalke, individually, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and
agent, with full power of substitution, for him or her and on his or her
behalf to sign, execute and file this Registration Statement and any or all
amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective amendments and
any amendment or amendments increasing the amount of securities for which
registration is being sought) to this Registration Statement, with all
exhibits and any and all documents required to be filed with respect
thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any regulatory
authority, granting unto each such attorney-in-fact and agent individually
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to
effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might
or could do if personally present hereby ratifying and confirming all that
each such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   DAYTON HUDSON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION


SIGNATURE                               TITLE                            DATE
- ---------                               -----                            ----
<S>                                   <C>                               <C>
Principal Executive Officer:


 /s/ Douglas A. Scovanner               President                         January 28, 2000
- ------------------------------                                           -----------------
Douglas A. Scovanner


Principal Financial Officer:


 /s/ Stephen C. Kowalke                 Vice President and Treasurer      January 28, 2000
- ------------------------------                                           -----------------
Stephen C. Kowalke


Principal Accounting Officer:

 /s/ JoAnn Bogdan                       Vice President and Controller     January 28, 2000
- --------------------------------                                         -----------------
JoAnn Bogdan


Directors:


 /s/ Stephen C. Kowalke                 Director                          January 28, 2000
- ------------------------------                                           -----------------
Stephen C. Kowalke


 /s/ Martin R. Rosenbaum                Director                          January 28, 2000
- -----------------------------                                            -----------------
Martin R. Rosenbaum


 /s/ Douglas A. Scovanner               Director                          January 28, 2000
- ------------------------------                                           -----------------
Douglas A. Scovanner


 /s/ Sandra Sponem                      Director                          January 28, 2000
- --------------------------------                                         -----------------
Sandra Sponem


 /s/ Jerry Storch                       Director                          January 28, 2000
- -----------------------------------                                      -----------------
Jerry Storch

</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     EXHIBIT INDEX


EXHIBITS                                                                                                      PAGE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<S>       <C>                                                                                                 <C>

    1     Form of Underwriting Agreement*...................................................................
 4(a)     Pooling Agreement*................................................................................
 4(b)     Form of Series Supplement*........................................................................
 4(c)     Bank Receivables Purchase Agreement* .............................................................
 4(d)     Receivables Purchase Agreement*...................................................................
    5     Opinion of James T. Hale, with respect to legality.*..............................................
    8     Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom with respect to tax matters.*.....................
23(a)     Consent of James T. Hale (included in his opinion to be filed as Exhibit 5).*.....................
23(b)     Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 8).*....

- ---------------
 * To be filed by amendment.
</TABLE>





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission